1 // arm.cc -- arm target support for gold.
3 // Copyright 2009, 2010 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Doug Kwan <dougkwan@google.com> based on the i386 code
5 // by Ian Lance Taylor <iant@google.com>.
6 // This file also contains borrowed and adapted code from
9 // This file is part of gold.
11 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
12 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
13 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
14 // (at your option) any later version.
16 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
17 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
18 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
19 // GNU General Public License for more details.
21 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
22 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
23 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
24 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
38 #include "parameters.h"
45 #include "copy-relocs.h"
47 #include "target-reloc.h"
48 #include "target-select.h"
52 #include "attributes.h"
59 template<bool big_endian
>
60 class Output_data_plt_arm
;
62 template<bool big_endian
>
65 template<bool big_endian
>
66 class Arm_input_section
;
68 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
;
70 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
;
72 class Arm_exidx_fixup
;
74 template<bool big_endian
>
75 class Arm_output_section
;
77 class Arm_exidx_input_section
;
79 template<bool big_endian
>
82 template<bool big_endian
>
86 typedef elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr Arm_address
;
88 // Maximum branch offsets for ARM, THUMB and THUMB2.
89 const int32_t ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((((1 << 23) - 1) << 2) + 8);
90 const int32_t ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((-((1 << 23) << 2)) + 8);
91 const int32_t THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 22) -2 + 4);
92 const int32_t THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 22) + 4);
93 const int32_t THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (((1 << 24) - 2) + 4);
94 const int32_t THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
= (-(1 << 24) + 4);
96 // The arm target class.
98 // This is a very simple port of gold for ARM-EABI. It is intended for
99 // supporting Android only for the time being.
102 // - Support the following relocation types as needed:
105 // R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
106 // R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
107 // R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
109 // R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
125 // - Make PLTs more flexible for different architecture features like
127 // There are probably a lot more.
129 // Instruction template class. This class is similar to the insn_sequence
130 // struct in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
135 // Types of instruction templates.
139 // THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE is used by sub-classes of Stub for instruction
140 // templates with class-specific semantics. Currently this is used
141 // only by the Cortex_a8_stub class for handling condition codes in
142 // conditional branches.
143 THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
,
149 // Factory methods to create instruction templates in different formats.
151 static const Insn_template
152 thumb16_insn(uint32_t data
)
153 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
155 // A Thumb conditional branch, in which the proper condition is inserted
156 // when we build the stub.
157 static const Insn_template
158 thumb16_bcond_insn(uint32_t data
)
159 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 1); }
161 static const Insn_template
162 thumb32_insn(uint32_t data
)
163 { return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
165 static const Insn_template
166 thumb32_b_insn(uint32_t data
, int reloc_addend
)
168 return Insn_template(data
, THUMB32_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
,
172 static const Insn_template
173 arm_insn(uint32_t data
)
174 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
, 0); }
176 static const Insn_template
177 arm_rel_insn(unsigned data
, int reloc_addend
)
178 { return Insn_template(data
, ARM_TYPE
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
, reloc_addend
); }
180 static const Insn_template
181 data_word(unsigned data
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
182 { return Insn_template(data
, DATA_TYPE
, r_type
, reloc_addend
); }
184 // Accessors. This class is used for read-only objects so no modifiers
189 { return this->data_
; }
191 // Return the instruction sequence type of this.
194 { return this->type_
; }
196 // Return the ARM relocation type of this.
199 { return this->r_type_
; }
203 { return this->reloc_addend_
; }
205 // Return size of instruction template in bytes.
209 // Return byte-alignment of instruction template.
214 // We make the constructor private to ensure that only the factory
217 Insn_template(unsigned data
, Type type
, unsigned int r_type
, int reloc_addend
)
218 : data_(data
), type_(type
), r_type_(r_type
), reloc_addend_(reloc_addend
)
221 // Instruction specific data. This is used to store information like
222 // some of the instruction bits.
224 // Instruction template type.
226 // Relocation type if there is a relocation or R_ARM_NONE otherwise.
227 unsigned int r_type_
;
228 // Relocation addend.
229 int32_t reloc_addend_
;
232 // Macro for generating code to stub types. One entry per long/short
236 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_any) \
237 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb) \
238 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only) \
239 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb) \
240 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
241 DEF_STUB(short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm) \
242 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_arm_pic) \
243 DEF_STUB(long_branch_any_thumb_pic) \
244 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic) \
245 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic) \
246 DEF_STUB(long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic) \
247 DEF_STUB(long_branch_thumb_only_pic) \
248 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b_cond) \
249 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_b) \
250 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_bl) \
251 DEF_STUB(a8_veneer_blx) \
252 DEF_STUB(v4_veneer_bx)
256 #define DEF_STUB(x) arm_stub_##x,
262 // First reloc stub type.
263 arm_stub_reloc_first
= arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
,
264 // Last reloc stub type.
265 arm_stub_reloc_last
= arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
,
267 // First Cortex-A8 stub type.
268 arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
,
269 // Last Cortex-A8 stub type.
270 arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
,
273 arm_stub_type_last
= arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
277 // Stub template class. Templates are meant to be read-only objects.
278 // A stub template for a stub type contains all read-only attributes
279 // common to all stubs of the same type.
284 Stub_template(Stub_type
, const Insn_template
*, size_t);
292 { return this->type_
; }
294 // Return an array of instruction templates.
297 { return this->insns_
; }
299 // Return size of template in number of instructions.
302 { return this->insn_count_
; }
304 // Return size of template in bytes.
307 { return this->size_
; }
309 // Return alignment of the stub template.
312 { return this->alignment_
; }
314 // Return whether entry point is in thumb mode.
316 entry_in_thumb_mode() const
317 { return this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
; }
319 // Return number of relocations in this template.
322 { return this->relocs_
.size(); }
324 // Return index of the I-th instruction with relocation.
326 reloc_insn_index(size_t i
) const
328 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
329 return this->relocs_
[i
].first
;
332 // Return the offset of the I-th instruction with relocation from the
333 // beginning of the stub.
335 reloc_offset(size_t i
) const
337 gold_assert(i
< this->relocs_
.size());
338 return this->relocs_
[i
].second
;
342 // This contains information about an instruction template with a relocation
343 // and its offset from start of stub.
344 typedef std::pair
<size_t, section_size_type
> Reloc
;
346 // A Stub_template may not be copied. We want to share templates as much
348 Stub_template(const Stub_template
&);
349 Stub_template
& operator=(const Stub_template
&);
353 // Points to an array of Insn_templates.
354 const Insn_template
* insns_
;
355 // Number of Insn_templates in insns_[].
357 // Size of templated instructions in bytes.
359 // Alignment of templated instructions.
361 // Flag to indicate if entry is in thumb mode.
362 bool entry_in_thumb_mode_
;
363 // A table of reloc instruction indices and offsets. We can find these by
364 // looking at the instruction templates but we pre-compute and then stash
365 // them here for speed.
366 std::vector
<Reloc
> relocs_
;
370 // A class for code stubs. This is a base class for different type of
371 // stubs used in the ARM target.
377 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
378 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
381 Stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
382 : stub_template_(stub_template
), offset_(invalid_offset
)
389 // Return the stub template.
391 stub_template() const
392 { return this->stub_template_
; }
394 // Return offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
398 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= invalid_offset
);
399 return this->offset_
;
402 // Set offset of code stub from beginning of its containing stub table.
404 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
405 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
407 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
408 // stub. This must be defined in a child class.
410 reloc_target(size_t i
)
411 { return this->do_reloc_target(i
); }
413 // Write a stub at output VIEW. BIG_ENDIAN select how a stub is written.
415 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
416 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
, big_endian
); }
418 // Return the instruction for THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template
419 // for the i-th instruction.
421 thumb16_special(size_t i
)
422 { return this->do_thumb16_special(i
); }
425 // This must be defined in the child class.
427 do_reloc_target(size_t) = 0;
429 // This may be overridden in the child class.
431 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
434 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
436 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
439 // This must be overridden if a child class uses the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
440 // instruction template.
442 do_thumb16_special(size_t)
443 { gold_unreachable(); }
446 // A template to implement do_write.
447 template<bool big_endian
>
449 do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
452 const Stub_template
* stub_template_
;
453 // Offset within the section of containing this stub.
454 section_offset_type offset_
;
457 // Reloc stub class. These are stubs we use to fix up relocation because
458 // of limited branch ranges.
460 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub
463 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
464 // We assume we never jump to this address.
465 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
467 // Return destination address.
469 destination_address() const
471 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
472 return this->destination_address_
;
475 // Set destination address.
477 set_destination_address(Arm_address address
)
479 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
480 this->destination_address_
= address
;
483 // Reset destination address.
485 reset_destination_address()
486 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
488 // Determine stub type for a branch of a relocation of R_TYPE going
489 // from BRANCH_ADDRESS to BRANCH_TARGET. If TARGET_IS_THUMB is set,
490 // the branch target is a thumb instruction. TARGET is used for look
491 // up ARM-specific linker settings.
493 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, Arm_address branch_address
,
494 Arm_address branch_target
, bool target_is_thumb
);
496 // Reloc_stub key. A key is logically a triplet of a stub type, a symbol
497 // and an addend. Since we treat global and local symbol differently, we
498 // use a Symbol object for a global symbol and a object-index pair for
503 // If SYMBOL is not null, this is a global symbol, we ignore RELOBJ and
504 // R_SYM. Otherwise, this is a local symbol and RELOBJ must non-NULL
505 // and R_SYM must not be invalid_index.
506 Key(Stub_type stub_type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
507 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
508 : stub_type_(stub_type
), addend_(addend
)
512 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
513 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
517 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
518 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
519 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
526 // Accessors: Keys are meant to be read-only object so no modifiers are
532 { return this->stub_type_
; }
534 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
537 { return this->r_sym_
; }
539 // Return the symbol if there is one.
542 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
544 // Return the relobj if there is one.
547 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
549 // Whether this equals to another key k.
551 eq(const Key
& k
) const
553 return ((this->stub_type_
== k
.stub_type_
)
554 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
555 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
556 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
557 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
558 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
561 // Return a hash value.
565 return (this->stub_type_
567 ^ gold::string_hash
<char>(
568 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
569 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
570 : this->u_
.symbol
->name())
574 // Functors for STL associative containers.
578 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
579 { return k
.hash_value(); }
585 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
586 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
589 // Name of key. This is mainly for debugging.
595 Stub_type stub_type_
;
596 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
597 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
599 // If r_sym_ is invalid index. This points to a global symbol.
600 // Otherwise, this points a relobj. We used the unsized and target
601 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
602 // Arm_relobj. This is done to avoid making the stub class a template
603 // as most of the stub machinery is endianity-neutral. However, it
604 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
607 const Symbol
* symbol
;
608 const Relobj
* relobj
;
610 // Addend associated with a reloc.
615 // Reloc_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
616 Reloc_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
)
617 : Stub(stub_template
), destination_address_(invalid_address
)
623 friend class Stub_factory
;
625 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
628 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
630 // All reloc stub have only one relocation.
632 return this->destination_address_
;
636 // Address of destination.
637 Arm_address destination_address_
;
640 // Cortex-A8 stub class. We need a Cortex-A8 stub to redirect any 32-bit
641 // THUMB branch that meets the following conditions:
643 // 1. The branch straddles across a page boundary. i.e. lower 12-bit of
644 // branch address is 0xffe.
645 // 2. The branch target address is in the same page as the first word of the
647 // 3. The branch follows a 32-bit instruction which is not a branch.
649 // To do the fix up, we need to store the address of the branch instruction
650 // and its target at least. We also need to store the original branch
651 // instruction bits for the condition code in a conditional branch. The
652 // condition code is used in a special instruction template. We also want
653 // to identify input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround quickly. We store
654 // extra information about object and section index of the code section
655 // containing a branch being fixed up. The information is used to mark
656 // the code section when we finalize the Cortex-A8 stubs.
659 class Cortex_a8_stub
: public Stub
665 // Return the object of the code section containing the branch being fixed
669 { return this->relobj_
; }
671 // Return the section index of the code section containing the branch being
675 { return this->shndx_
; }
677 // Return the source address of stub. This is the address of the original
678 // branch instruction. LSB is 1 always set to indicate that it is a THUMB
681 source_address() const
682 { return this->source_address_
; }
684 // Return the destination address of the stub. This is the branch taken
685 // address of the original branch instruction. LSB is 1 if it is a THUMB
686 // instruction address.
688 destination_address() const
689 { return this->destination_address_
; }
691 // Return the instruction being fixed up.
693 original_insn() const
694 { return this->original_insn_
; }
697 // Cortex_a8_stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
698 Cortex_a8_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, Relobj
* relobj
,
699 unsigned int shndx
, Arm_address source_address
,
700 Arm_address destination_address
, uint32_t original_insn
)
701 : Stub(stub_template
), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
),
702 source_address_(source_address
| 1U),
703 destination_address_(destination_address
),
704 original_insn_(original_insn
)
707 friend class Stub_factory
;
709 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
712 do_reloc_target(size_t i
)
714 if (this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
)
716 // The conditional branch veneer has two relocations.
718 return i
== 0 ? this->source_address_
+ 4 : this->destination_address_
;
722 // All other Cortex-A8 stubs have only one relocation.
724 return this->destination_address_
;
728 // Return an instruction for the THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
730 do_thumb16_special(size_t);
733 // Object of the code section containing the branch being fixed up.
735 // Section index of the code section containing the branch begin fixed up.
737 // Source address of original branch.
738 Arm_address source_address_
;
739 // Destination address of the original branch.
740 Arm_address destination_address_
;
741 // Original branch instruction. This is needed for copying the condition
742 // code from a condition branch to its stub.
743 uint32_t original_insn_
;
746 // ARMv4 BX Rx branch relocation stub class.
747 class Arm_v4bx_stub
: public Stub
753 // Return the associated register.
756 { return this->reg_
; }
759 // Arm V4BX stubs are created via a stub factory. So these are protected.
760 Arm_v4bx_stub(const Stub_template
* stub_template
, const uint32_t reg
)
761 : Stub(stub_template
), reg_(reg
)
764 friend class Stub_factory
;
766 // Return the relocation target address of the i-th relocation in the
769 do_reloc_target(size_t)
770 { gold_unreachable(); }
772 // This may be overridden in the child class.
774 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
, bool big_endian
)
777 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<true>(view
, view_size
);
779 this->do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write
<false>(view
, view_size
);
783 // A template to implement do_write.
784 template<bool big_endian
>
786 do_fixed_endian_v4bx_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
788 const Insn_template
* insns
= this->stub_template()->insns();
789 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
791 + (this->reg_
<< 16)));
792 view
+= insns
[0].size();
793 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
794 (insns
[1].data() + this->reg_
));
795 view
+= insns
[1].size();
796 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
797 (insns
[2].data() + this->reg_
));
800 // A register index (r0-r14), which is associated with the stub.
804 // Stub factory class.
809 // Return the unique instance of this class.
810 static const Stub_factory
&
813 static Stub_factory singleton
;
817 // Make a relocation stub.
819 make_reloc_stub(Stub_type stub_type
) const
821 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_reloc_first
822 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_reloc_last
);
823 return new Reloc_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
]);
826 // Make a Cortex-A8 stub.
828 make_cortex_a8_stub(Stub_type stub_type
, Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
829 Arm_address source
, Arm_address destination
,
830 uint32_t original_insn
) const
832 gold_assert(stub_type
>= arm_stub_cortex_a8_first
833 && stub_type
<= arm_stub_cortex_a8_last
);
834 return new Cortex_a8_stub(this->stub_templates_
[stub_type
], relobj
, shndx
,
835 source
, destination
, original_insn
);
838 // Make an ARM V4BX relocation stub.
839 // This method creates a stub from the arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx template only.
841 make_arm_v4bx_stub(uint32_t reg
) const
843 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
844 return new Arm_v4bx_stub(this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
],
849 // Constructor and destructor are protected since we only return a single
850 // instance created in Stub_factory::get_instance().
854 // A Stub_factory may not be copied since it is a singleton.
855 Stub_factory(const Stub_factory
&);
856 Stub_factory
& operator=(Stub_factory
&);
858 // Stub templates. These are initialized in the constructor.
859 const Stub_template
* stub_templates_
[arm_stub_type_last
+1];
862 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
864 template<bool big_endian
>
865 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
868 Stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
869 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_(), cortex_a8_stubs_(),
870 arm_v4bx_stubs_(0xf), prev_data_size_(0), prev_addralign_(1)
876 // Owner of this stub table.
877 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
879 { return this->owner_
; }
881 // Whether this stub table is empty.
885 return (this->reloc_stubs_
.empty()
886 && this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.empty()
887 && this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.empty());
890 // Return the current data size.
892 current_data_size() const
893 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
895 // Add a STUB with using KEY. Caller is reponsible for avoid adding
896 // if already a STUB with the same key has been added.
898 add_reloc_stub(Reloc_stub
* stub
, const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
)
900 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
901 gold_assert(stub_template
->type() == key
.stub_type());
902 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
905 // Add a Cortex-A8 STUB that fixes up a THUMB branch at ADDRESS.
906 // Caller is reponsible for avoid adding if already a STUB with the same
907 // address has been added.
909 add_cortex_a8_stub(Arm_address address
, Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
)
911 std::pair
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> value(address
, stub
);
912 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.insert(value
);
915 // Add an ARM V4BX relocation stub. A register index will be retrieved
918 add_arm_v4bx_stub(Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
)
920 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
&& this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] == NULL
);
921 this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[stub
->reg()] = stub
;
924 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
926 remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
928 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
930 find_reloc_stub(const Reloc_stub::Key
& key
) const
932 typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
933 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
936 // Look up an arm v4bx relocation stub using the register index.
937 // Return NULL if there is none.
939 find_arm_v4bx_stub(const uint32_t reg
) const
941 gold_assert(reg
< 0xf);
942 return this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
[reg
];
945 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
947 relocate_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
948 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
949 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
951 // Update data size and alignment at the end of a relaxation pass. Return
952 // true if either data size or alignment is different from that of the
953 // previous relaxation pass.
955 update_data_size_and_addralign();
957 // Finalize stubs. Set the offsets of all stubs and mark input sections
958 // needing the Cortex-A8 workaround.
962 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range.
964 apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
965 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
969 // Write out section contents.
971 do_write(Output_file
*);
973 // Return the required alignment.
976 { return this->prev_addralign_
; }
978 // Reset address and file offset.
980 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
981 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
983 // Set final data size.
985 set_final_data_size()
986 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
989 // Relocate one stub.
991 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
992 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, Output_section
*,
993 unsigned char*, Arm_address
, section_size_type
);
995 // Unordered map of relocation stubs.
997 Unordered_map
<Reloc_stub::Key
, Reloc_stub
*, Reloc_stub::Key::hash
,
998 Reloc_stub::Key::equal_to
>
1001 // List of Cortex-A8 stubs ordered by addresses of branches being
1002 // fixed up in output.
1003 typedef std::map
<Arm_address
, Cortex_a8_stub
*> Cortex_a8_stub_list
;
1004 // List of Arm V4BX relocation stubs ordered by associated registers.
1005 typedef std::vector
<Arm_v4bx_stub
*> Arm_v4bx_stub_list
;
1007 // Owner of this stub table.
1008 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner_
;
1009 // The relocation stubs.
1010 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1011 // The cortex_a8_stubs.
1012 Cortex_a8_stub_list cortex_a8_stubs_
;
1013 // The Arm V4BX relocation stubs.
1014 Arm_v4bx_stub_list arm_v4bx_stubs_
;
1015 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1016 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1017 // address alignment of this in the previous pass.
1018 uint64_t prev_addralign_
;
1021 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind class. This represents an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
1022 // we add to the end of an EXIDX input section that goes into the output.
1024 class Arm_exidx_cantunwind
: public Output_section_data
1027 Arm_exidx_cantunwind(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1028 : Output_section_data(8, 4, true), relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
)
1031 // Return the object containing the section pointed by this.
1034 { return this->relobj_
; }
1036 // Return the section index of the section pointed by this.
1039 { return this->shndx_
; }
1043 do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1045 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
1046 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<true>(of
);
1048 this->do_fixed_endian_write
<false>(of
);
1052 // Implement do_write for a given endianity.
1053 template<bool big_endian
>
1055 do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
*);
1057 // The object containing the section pointed by this.
1059 // The section index of the section pointed by this.
1060 unsigned int shndx_
;
1063 // During EXIDX coverage fix-up, we compact an EXIDX section. The
1064 // Offset map is used to map input section offset within the EXIDX section
1065 // to the output offset from the start of this EXIDX section.
1067 typedef std::map
<section_offset_type
, section_offset_type
>
1068 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
;
1070 // Arm_exidx_merged_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section
1071 // with some of its entries merged.
1073 class Arm_exidx_merged_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1076 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
1077 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
1078 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
1079 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
1080 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
1081 Arm_exidx_merged_section(
1082 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
1083 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
1084 uint32_t deleted_bytes
);
1086 // Return the original EXIDX input section.
1087 const Arm_exidx_input_section
&
1088 exidx_input_section() const
1089 { return this->exidx_input_section_
; }
1091 // Return the section offset map.
1092 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
&
1093 section_offset_map() const
1094 { return this->section_offset_map_
; }
1097 // Write merged section into file OF.
1099 do_write(Output_file
* of
);
1102 do_output_offset(const Relobj
*, unsigned int, section_offset_type
,
1103 section_offset_type
*) const;
1106 // Original EXIDX input section.
1107 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section_
;
1108 // Section offset map.
1109 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map_
;
1112 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
1114 template<bool big_endian
>
1115 class Arm_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
1118 Arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1119 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
1120 original_addralign_(1), original_size_(0), stub_table_(NULL
)
1123 ~Arm_input_section()
1130 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
1132 is_stub_table_owner() const
1133 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
1135 // Return the stub table.
1136 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1138 { return this->stub_table_
; }
1140 // Set the stub_table.
1142 set_stub_table(Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1143 { this->stub_table_
= stub_table
; }
1145 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_input_section pointer. This is
1146 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_input_section not the base class.
1147 static Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
1148 as_arm_input_section(Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
)
1149 { return static_cast<Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*>(poris
); }
1152 // Write data to output file.
1154 do_write(Output_file
*);
1156 // Return required alignment of this.
1158 do_addralign() const
1160 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
1161 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
1162 this->original_addralign_
);
1164 return this->original_addralign_
;
1167 // Finalize data size.
1169 set_final_data_size();
1171 // Reset address and file offset.
1173 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
1177 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
1178 section_offset_type offset
,
1179 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
1181 if ((object
== this->relobj())
1182 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
1184 && (convert_types
<uint64_t, section_offset_type
>(offset
)
1185 <= this->original_size_
))
1195 // Copying is not allowed.
1196 Arm_input_section(const Arm_input_section
&);
1197 Arm_input_section
& operator=(const Arm_input_section
&);
1199 // Address alignment of the original input section.
1200 uint64_t original_addralign_
;
1201 // Section size of the original input section.
1202 uint64_t original_size_
;
1204 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table_
;
1207 // Arm_exidx_fixup class. This is used to define a number of methods
1208 // and keep states for fixing up EXIDX coverage.
1210 class Arm_exidx_fixup
1213 Arm_exidx_fixup(Output_section
* exidx_output_section
)
1214 : exidx_output_section_(exidx_output_section
), last_unwind_type_(UT_NONE
),
1215 last_inlined_entry_(0), last_input_section_(NULL
),
1216 section_offset_map_(NULL
)
1220 { delete this->section_offset_map_
; }
1222 // Process an EXIDX section for entry merging. Return number of bytes to
1223 // be deleted in output. If parts of the input EXIDX section are merged
1224 // a heap allocated Arm_exidx_section_offset_map is store in the located
1225 // PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The caller owns the map and is reponsible for
1227 template<bool big_endian
>
1229 process_exidx_section(const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
1230 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
);
1232 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry pointing at the end of the last
1233 // input section, if there is not one already.
1235 add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
1238 // Copying is not allowed.
1239 Arm_exidx_fixup(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1240 Arm_exidx_fixup
& operator=(const Arm_exidx_fixup
&);
1242 // Type of EXIDX unwind entry.
1247 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
1248 UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
,
1255 // Process an EXIDX entry. We only care about the second word of the
1256 // entry. Return true if the entry can be deleted.
1258 process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
);
1260 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
1261 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
1262 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
1263 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
1264 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
1266 update_offset_map(section_offset_type input_offset
,
1267 section_size_type deleted_bytes
, bool delete_entry
);
1269 // EXIDX output section.
1270 Output_section
* exidx_output_section_
;
1271 // Unwind type of the last EXIDX entry processed.
1272 Unwind_type last_unwind_type_
;
1273 // Last seen inlined EXIDX entry.
1274 uint32_t last_inlined_entry_
;
1275 // Last processed EXIDX input section.
1276 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* last_input_section_
;
1277 // Section offset map created in process_exidx_section.
1278 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map_
;
1281 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of
1282 // stub generation methods.
1284 template<bool big_endian
>
1285 class Arm_output_section
: public Output_section
1288 typedef std::vector
<std::pair
<Relobj
*, unsigned int> > Text_section_list
;
1290 Arm_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
1291 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
1292 : Output_section(name
, type
, flags
)
1295 ~Arm_output_section()
1298 // Group input sections for stub generation.
1300 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1302 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_output_section pointer. This is
1303 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_output_section not the base class.
1304 static Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*
1305 as_arm_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
1306 { return static_cast<Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*>(os
); }
1308 // Append all input text sections in this into LIST.
1310 append_text_sections_to_list(Text_section_list
* list
);
1312 // Fix EXIDX coverage of this EXIDX output section. SORTED_TEXT_SECTION
1313 // is a list of text input sections sorted in ascending order of their
1314 // output addresses.
1316 fix_exidx_coverage(const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_section
,
1317 Symbol_table
* symtab
);
1321 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
1322 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
1324 // Create a stub group.
1325 void create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1326 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1327 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
1328 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*,
1329 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>*);
1332 // Arm_exidx_input_section class. This represents an EXIDX input section.
1334 class Arm_exidx_input_section
1337 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
1338 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
1340 Arm_exidx_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
,
1341 unsigned int link
, uint32_t size
, uint32_t addralign
)
1342 : relobj_(relobj
), shndx_(shndx
), link_(link
), size_(size
),
1343 addralign_(addralign
)
1346 ~Arm_exidx_input_section()
1349 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1351 // Return the object containing this EXIDX input section.
1354 { return this->relobj_
; }
1356 // Return the section index of this EXIDX input section.
1359 { return this->shndx_
; }
1361 // Return the section index of linked text section in the same object.
1364 { return this->link_
; }
1366 // Return size of the EXIDX input section.
1369 { return this->size_
; }
1371 // Reutnr address alignment of EXIDX input section.
1374 { return this->addralign_
; }
1377 // Object containing this.
1379 // Section index of this.
1380 unsigned int shndx_
;
1381 // text section linked to this in the same object.
1383 // Size of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1385 // Address alignment of this. For ARM 32-bit is sufficient.
1386 uint32_t addralign_
;
1389 // Arm_relobj class.
1391 template<bool big_endian
>
1392 class Arm_relobj
: public Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>
1395 static const Arm_address invalid_address
= static_cast<Arm_address
>(-1);
1397 Arm_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1398 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1399 : Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1400 stub_tables_(), local_symbol_is_thumb_function_(),
1401 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), mapping_symbols_info_(),
1402 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_(NULL
), exidx_section_map_(),
1403 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_(false)
1407 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1409 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1410 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
1411 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1413 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1414 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1417 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1419 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
)
1421 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1422 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1425 // Whether a local symbol is a THUMB function. R_SYM is the symbol table
1426 // index. This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1428 local_symbol_is_thumb_function(unsigned int r_sym
) const
1430 gold_assert(r_sym
< this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.size());
1431 return this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[r_sym
];
1434 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1436 scan_sections_for_stubs(Target_arm
<big_endian
>*, const Symbol_table
*,
1439 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1441 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned shndx
)
1443 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1444 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1445 this->set_section_offset(shndx
, -1ULL);
1446 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1449 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1450 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1451 static Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*
1452 as_arm_relobj(Relobj
* relobj
)
1453 { return static_cast<Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*>(relobj
); }
1455 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1458 processor_specific_flags() const
1459 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1461 // Attribute section data This is the contents of the .ARM.attribute section
1463 const Attributes_section_data
*
1464 attributes_section_data() const
1465 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1467 // Mapping symbol location.
1468 typedef std::pair
<unsigned int, Arm_address
> Mapping_symbol_position
;
1470 // Functor for STL container.
1471 struct Mapping_symbol_position_less
1474 operator()(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p1
,
1475 const Mapping_symbol_position
& p2
) const
1477 return (p1
.first
< p2
.first
1478 || (p1
.first
== p2
.first
&& p1
.second
< p2
.second
));
1482 // We only care about the first character of a mapping symbol, so
1483 // we only store that instead of the whole symbol name.
1484 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char,
1485 Mapping_symbol_position_less
> Mapping_symbols_info
;
1487 // Whether a section contains any Cortex-A8 workaround.
1489 section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
) const
1491 return (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
!= NULL
1492 && (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
]);
1495 // Mark a section that has Cortex-A8 workaround.
1497 mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(unsigned int shndx
)
1499 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
== NULL
)
1500 this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
=
1501 new std::vector
<bool>(this->shnum(), false);
1502 (*this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
)[shndx
] = true;
1505 // Return the EXIDX section of an text section with index SHNDX or NULL
1506 // if the text section has no associated EXIDX section.
1507 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1508 exidx_input_section_by_link(unsigned int shndx
) const
1510 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1511 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1512 && p
->second
->link() == shndx
)
1517 // Return the EXIDX section with index SHNDX or NULL if there is none.
1518 const Arm_exidx_input_section
*
1519 exidx_input_section_by_shndx(unsigned shndx
) const
1521 Exidx_section_map::const_iterator p
= this->exidx_section_map_
.find(shndx
);
1522 return ((p
!= this->exidx_section_map_
.end()
1523 && p
->second
->shndx() == shndx
)
1528 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1530 output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() const
1531 { return this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
; }
1533 // Set output_local_symbol_count_needs_update flag to be true.
1535 set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update()
1536 { this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= true; }
1538 // Update output local symbol count at the end of relaxation.
1540 update_output_local_symbol_count();
1543 // Post constructor setup.
1547 // Call parent's setup method.
1548 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1550 // Initialize look-up tables.
1551 Stub_table_list
empty_stub_table_list(this->shnum(), NULL
);
1552 this->stub_tables_
.swap(empty_stub_table_list
);
1555 // Count the local symbols.
1557 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1558 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1561 do_relocate_sections(const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1562 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
1563 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pivews
);
1565 // Read the symbol information.
1567 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1569 // Process relocs for garbage collection.
1571 do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Read_relocs_data
*);
1575 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1577 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1578 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1579 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1581 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1583 section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1584 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1585 const Symbol_table
*);
1587 // Scan a section for the Cortex-A8 erratum.
1589 scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>&,
1590 unsigned int, Output_section
*,
1591 Target_arm
<big_endian
>*);
1593 // Make a new Arm_exidx_input_section object for EXIDX section with
1594 // index SHNDX and section header SHDR.
1596 make_exidx_input_section(unsigned int shndx
,
1597 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
);
1599 typedef std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
1600 typedef Unordered_map
<unsigned int, const Arm_exidx_input_section
*>
1603 // List of stub tables.
1604 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1605 // Bit vector to tell if a local symbol is a thumb function or not.
1606 // This is only valid after do_count_local_symbol is called.
1607 std::vector
<bool> local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
;
1608 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1609 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1610 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1611 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1612 // Mapping symbols information.
1613 Mapping_symbols_info mapping_symbols_info_
;
1614 // Bitmap to indicate sections with Cortex-A8 workaround or NULL.
1615 std::vector
<bool>* section_has_cortex_a8_workaround_
;
1616 // Map a text section to its associated .ARM.exidx section, if there is one.
1617 Exidx_section_map exidx_section_map_
;
1618 // Whether output local symbol count needs updating.
1619 bool output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
;
1622 // Arm_dynobj class.
1624 template<bool big_endian
>
1625 class Arm_dynobj
: public Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>
1628 Arm_dynobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1629 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1630 : Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1631 processor_specific_flags_(0), attributes_section_data_(NULL
)
1635 { delete this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1637 // Downcast a base pointer to an Arm_relobj pointer. This is
1638 // not type-safe but we only use Arm_relobj not the base class.
1639 static Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*
1640 as_arm_dynobj(Dynobj
* dynobj
)
1641 { return static_cast<Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>*>(dynobj
); }
1643 // Processor-specific flags in ELF file header. This is valid only after
1646 processor_specific_flags() const
1647 { return this->processor_specific_flags_
; }
1649 // Attributes section data.
1650 const Attributes_section_data
*
1651 attributes_section_data() const
1652 { return this->attributes_section_data_
; }
1655 // Read the symbol information.
1657 do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
);
1660 // processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
1661 elfcpp::Elf_Word processor_specific_flags_
;
1662 // Object attributes if there is an .ARM.attributes section or NULL.
1663 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
1666 // Functor to read reloc addends during stub generation.
1668 template<int sh_type
, bool big_endian
>
1669 struct Stub_addend_reader
1671 // Return the addend for a relocation of a particular type. Depending
1672 // on whether this is a REL or RELA relocation, read the addend from a
1673 // view or from a Reloc object.
1674 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1676 unsigned int /* r_type */,
1677 const unsigned char* /* view */,
1678 const typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,
1679 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
& /* reloc */) const;
1682 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for SHT_REL type relocation sections.
1684 template<bool big_endian
>
1685 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>
1687 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1690 const unsigned char*,
1691 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const;
1694 // Specialized Stub_addend_reader for RELA type relocation sections.
1695 // We currently do not handle RELA type relocation sections but it is trivial
1696 // to implement the addend reader. This is provided for completeness and to
1697 // make it easier to add support for RELA relocation sections in the future.
1699 template<bool big_endian
>
1700 struct Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, big_endian
>
1702 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
1705 const unsigned char*,
1706 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, 32,
1707 big_endian
>::Reloc
& reloc
) const
1708 { return reloc
.get_r_addend(); }
1711 // Cortex_a8_reloc class. We keep record of relocation that may need
1712 // the Cortex-A8 erratum workaround.
1714 class Cortex_a8_reloc
1717 Cortex_a8_reloc(Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub
, unsigned r_type
,
1718 Arm_address destination
)
1719 : reloc_stub_(reloc_stub
), r_type_(r_type
), destination_(destination
)
1725 // Accessors: This is a read-only class.
1727 // Return the relocation stub associated with this relocation if there is
1731 { return this->reloc_stub_
; }
1733 // Return the relocation type.
1736 { return this->r_type_
; }
1738 // Return the destination address of the relocation. LSB stores the THUMB
1742 { return this->destination_
; }
1745 // Associated relocation stub if there is one, or NULL.
1746 const Reloc_stub
* reloc_stub_
;
1748 unsigned int r_type_
;
1749 // Destination address of this relocation. LSB is used to distinguish
1751 Arm_address destination_
;
1754 // Utilities for manipulating integers of up to 32-bits
1758 // Sign extend an n-bit unsigned integer stored in an uint32_t into
1759 // an int32_t. NO_BITS must be between 1 to 32.
1760 template<int no_bits
>
1761 static inline int32_t
1762 sign_extend(uint32_t bits
)
1764 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1766 return static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1767 uint32_t mask
= (~((uint32_t) 0)) >> (32 - no_bits
);
1769 uint32_t top_bit
= 1U << (no_bits
- 1);
1770 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1771 return (bits
& top_bit
) ? as_signed
+ (-top_bit
* 2) : as_signed
;
1774 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t.
1775 template<int no_bits
>
1777 has_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1779 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 0 && no_bits
<= 32);
1782 int32_t max
= (1 << (no_bits
- 1)) - 1;
1783 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1784 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1785 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
1788 // Detects overflow of an NO_BITS integer stored in a uint32_t when it
1789 // fits in the given number of bits as either a signed or unsigned value.
1790 // For example, has_signed_unsigned_overflow<8> would check
1791 // -128 <= bits <= 255
1792 template<int no_bits
>
1794 has_signed_unsigned_overflow(uint32_t bits
)
1796 gold_assert(no_bits
>= 2 && no_bits
<= 32);
1799 int32_t max
= static_cast<int32_t>((1U << no_bits
) - 1);
1800 int32_t min
= -(1 << (no_bits
- 1));
1801 int32_t as_signed
= static_cast<int32_t>(bits
);
1802 return as_signed
> max
|| as_signed
< min
;
1805 // Select bits from A and B using bits in MASK. For each n in [0..31],
1806 // the n-th bit in the result is chosen from the n-th bits of A and B.
1807 // A zero selects A and a one selects B.
1808 static inline uint32_t
1809 bit_select(uint32_t a
, uint32_t b
, uint32_t mask
)
1810 { return (a
& ~mask
) | (b
& mask
); }
1813 template<bool big_endian
>
1814 class Target_arm
: public Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>
1817 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
1820 // When were are relocating a stub, we pass this as the relocation number.
1821 static const size_t fake_relnum_for_stubs
= static_cast<size_t>(-1);
1824 : Sized_target
<32, big_endian
>(&arm_info
),
1825 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), rel_dyn_(NULL
),
1826 copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
), dynbss_(NULL
), stub_tables_(),
1827 stub_factory_(Stub_factory::get_instance()), may_use_blx_(false),
1828 should_force_pic_veneer_(false), arm_input_section_map_(),
1829 attributes_section_data_(NULL
), fix_cortex_a8_(false),
1830 cortex_a8_relocs_info_()
1833 // Whether we can use BLX.
1836 { return this->may_use_blx_
; }
1838 // Set use-BLX flag.
1840 set_may_use_blx(bool value
)
1841 { this->may_use_blx_
= value
; }
1843 // Whether we force PCI branch veneers.
1845 should_force_pic_veneer() const
1846 { return this->should_force_pic_veneer_
; }
1848 // Set PIC veneer flag.
1850 set_should_force_pic_veneer(bool value
)
1851 { this->should_force_pic_veneer_
= value
; }
1853 // Whether we use THUMB-2 instructions.
1855 using_thumb2() const
1857 Object_attribute
* attr
=
1858 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
1859 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
1860 return arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
|| arch
>= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
;
1863 // Whether we use THUMB/THUMB-2 instructions only.
1865 using_thumb_only() const
1867 Object_attribute
* attr
=
1868 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
1869 if (attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
1870 && attr
->int_value() != elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
)
1872 attr
= this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
1873 return attr
->int_value() == 'M';
1876 // Whether we have an NOP instruction. If not, use mov r0, r0 instead.
1878 may_use_arm_nop() const
1880 Object_attribute
* attr
=
1881 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
1882 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
1883 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
1884 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6K
1885 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
1886 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
1889 // Whether we have THUMB-2 NOP.W instruction.
1891 may_use_thumb2_nop() const
1893 Object_attribute
* attr
=
1894 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
1895 int arch
= attr
->int_value();
1896 return (arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6T2
1897 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
1898 || arch
== elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7E_M
);
1901 // Process the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
1902 // garbage collection.
1904 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
1906 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1907 unsigned int data_shndx
,
1908 unsigned int sh_type
,
1909 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
1911 Output_section
* output_section
,
1912 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
1913 size_t local_symbol_count
,
1914 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
1916 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
1918 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
1920 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1921 unsigned int data_shndx
,
1922 unsigned int sh_type
,
1923 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
1925 Output_section
* output_section
,
1926 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
1927 size_t local_symbol_count
,
1928 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
1930 // Finalize the sections.
1932 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
1934 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
1937 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
1939 // Relocate a section.
1941 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1942 unsigned int sh_type
,
1943 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
1945 Output_section
* output_section
,
1946 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
1947 unsigned char* view
,
1948 Arm_address view_address
,
1949 section_size_type view_size
,
1950 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
1952 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
1954 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
1956 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
1957 unsigned int data_shndx
,
1958 unsigned int sh_type
,
1959 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
1961 Output_section
* output_section
,
1962 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
1963 size_t local_symbol_count
,
1964 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
1965 Relocatable_relocs
*);
1967 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
1969 relocate_for_relocatable(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
1970 unsigned int sh_type
,
1971 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
1973 Output_section
* output_section
,
1974 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
1975 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
1976 unsigned char* view
,
1977 Arm_address view_address
,
1978 section_size_type view_size
,
1979 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
1980 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
1982 // Return whether SYM is defined by the ABI.
1984 do_is_defined_by_abi(Symbol
* sym
) const
1985 { return strcmp(sym
->name(), "__tls_get_addr") == 0; }
1987 // Return the size of the GOT section.
1991 gold_assert(this->got_
!= NULL
);
1992 return this->got_
->data_size();
1995 // Map platform-specific reloc types
1997 get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
);
2000 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2003 // Return the stub factory
2005 stub_factory() const
2006 { return this->stub_factory_
; }
2008 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
2009 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2010 new_arm_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2012 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
2013 // section of RELOBJ.
2014 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
2015 find_arm_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const;
2017 // Make a new Stub_table
2018 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
2019 new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*);
2021 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2023 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2024 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2025 bool, const unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2030 relocate_stub(Stub
*, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2031 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2034 // Get the default ARM target.
2035 static Target_arm
<big_endian
>*
2038 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_ARM
2039 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2040 return static_cast<Target_arm
<big_endian
>*>(
2041 parameters
->sized_target
<32, big_endian
>());
2044 // Whether relocation type uses LSB to distinguish THUMB addresses.
2046 reloc_uses_thumb_bit(unsigned int r_type
);
2048 // Whether NAME belongs to a mapping symbol.
2050 is_mapping_symbol_name(const char* name
)
2054 && (name
[1] == 'a' || name
[1] == 't' || name
[1] == 'd')
2055 && (name
[2] == '\0' || name
[2] == '.'));
2058 // Whether we work around the Cortex-A8 erratum.
2060 fix_cortex_a8() const
2061 { return this->fix_cortex_a8_
; }
2063 // Whether we fix R_ARM_V4BX relocation.
2065 // 1 - replace with MOV instruction (armv4 target)
2066 // 2 - make interworking veneer (>= armv4t targets only)
2067 General_options::Fix_v4bx
2069 { return parameters
->options().fix_v4bx(); }
2071 // Scan a span of THUMB code section for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2073 scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2074 section_size_type
, section_size_type
,
2075 const unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2077 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to a branch.
2079 apply_cortex_a8_workaround(const Cortex_a8_stub
*, Arm_address
,
2080 unsigned char*, Arm_address
);
2083 // Make an ELF object.
2085 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2086 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
);
2089 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2090 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, !big_endian
>&)
2091 { gold_unreachable(); }
2094 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2095 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, false>&)
2096 { gold_unreachable(); }
2099 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2100 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<64, true>&)
2101 { gold_unreachable(); }
2103 // Make an output section.
2105 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2106 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2107 { return new Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>(name
, type
, flags
); }
2110 do_adjust_elf_header(unsigned char* view
, int len
) const;
2112 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2113 // not doing relocatable linking.
2115 do_may_relax() const
2116 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2119 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2121 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
2124 do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const;
2126 // Reorder tags during output.
2128 do_attributes_order(int num
) const;
2131 // The class which scans relocations.
2136 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2140 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2141 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2142 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2143 Output_section
* output_section
,
2144 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2145 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>& lsym
);
2148 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_arm
* target
,
2149 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2150 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2151 Output_section
* output_section
,
2152 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2157 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2158 unsigned int r_type
);
2161 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>*,
2162 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
2165 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
2167 // Almost identical to Symbol::needs_plt_entry except that it also
2168 // handles STT_ARM_TFUNC.
2170 symbol_needs_plt_entry(const Symbol
* sym
)
2172 // An undefined symbol from an executable does not need a PLT entry.
2173 if (sym
->is_undefined() && !parameters
->options().shared())
2176 return (!parameters
->doing_static_link()
2177 && (sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
2178 || sym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
2179 && (sym
->is_from_dynobj()
2180 || sym
->is_undefined()
2181 || sym
->is_preemptible()));
2184 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
2185 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
2188 // The class which implements relocation.
2198 // Return whether the static relocation needs to be applied.
2200 should_apply_static_reloc(const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
2203 Output_section
* output_section
);
2205 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
2206 // any warnings about this relocation.
2208 relocate(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, Target_arm
*,
2209 Output_section
*, size_t relnum
,
2210 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>&,
2211 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2212 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2213 unsigned char*, Arm_address
,
2216 // Return whether we want to pass flag NON_PIC_REF for this
2217 // reloc. This means the relocation type accesses a symbol not via
2220 reloc_is_non_pic (unsigned int r_type
)
2224 // These relocation types reference GOT or PLT entries explicitly.
2225 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
2226 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_ABS
:
2227 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
2228 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL12
:
2229 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32_ABS
:
2230 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_GD32
:
2231 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_LDM32
:
2232 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE32
:
2233 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_IE12GP
:
2235 // These relocate types may use PLT entries.
2236 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
2237 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
2238 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
2239 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
2240 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
2241 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
2242 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
2250 // Return whether we need to calculate the addressing origin of
2251 // the output segment defining the symbol - B(S).
2253 reloc_needs_sym_origin(unsigned int r_type
)
2257 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
2258 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
2259 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
2260 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SBREL_11_0_NC
:
2261 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_19_12_NC
:
2262 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SBREL_27_20_CK
:
2263 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
2264 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
2265 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
2266 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
2267 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
2268 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
2269 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
2270 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
2271 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
2272 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
2273 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
2274 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
2275 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
2276 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
2277 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
2278 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
2279 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
2280 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
2281 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
2282 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
2283 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
2292 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
2293 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
2294 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
2298 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
2301 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
2302 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>*
2303 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
2305 // Get the GOT PLT section.
2307 got_plt_section() const
2309 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
2310 return this->got_plt_
;
2313 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
2315 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
2317 // Get the PLT section.
2318 const Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>*
2321 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
2325 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
2327 rel_dyn_section(Layout
*);
2329 // Return true if the symbol may need a COPY relocation.
2330 // References from an executable object to non-function symbols
2331 // defined in a dynamic object may need a COPY relocation.
2333 may_need_copy_reloc(Symbol
* gsym
)
2335 return (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
2336 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc());
2339 // Add a potential copy relocation.
2341 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
2342 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2343 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
2344 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
)
2346 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
2347 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(sym
),
2348 object
, shndx
, output_section
, reloc
,
2349 this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
2352 // Whether two EABI versions are compatible.
2354 are_eabi_versions_compatible(elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
, elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
);
2356 // Merge processor-specific flags from input object and those in the ELF
2357 // header of the output.
2359 merge_processor_specific_flags(const std::string
&, elfcpp::Elf_Word
);
2361 // Get the secondary compatible architecture.
2363 get_secondary_compatible_arch(const Attributes_section_data
*);
2365 // Set the secondary compatible architecture.
2367 set_secondary_compatible_arch(Attributes_section_data
*, int);
2370 tag_cpu_arch_combine(const char*, int, int*, int, int);
2372 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
2374 aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int);
2376 // Return string value for TAG_CPU_name.
2378 tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int);
2380 // Merge object attributes from input object and those in the output.
2382 merge_object_attributes(const char*, const Attributes_section_data
*);
2384 // Helper to get an AEABI object attribute
2386 get_aeabi_object_attribute(int tag
) const
2388 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
= this->attributes_section_data_
;
2389 gold_assert(pasd
!= NULL
);
2390 Object_attribute
* attr
=
2391 pasd
->get_attribute(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
, tag
);
2392 gold_assert(attr
!= NULL
);
2397 // Methods to support stub-generations.
2400 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2402 group_sections(Layout
*, section_size_type
, bool);
2404 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
2406 scan_reloc_for_stub(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2407 const Sized_symbol
<32>*, unsigned int,
2408 const Symbol_value
<32>*,
2409 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
, Arm_address
);
2411 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2412 template<int sh_type
>
2414 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2415 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
2416 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2418 Output_section
* output_section
,
2419 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2420 const unsigned char* view
,
2421 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2424 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
2426 fix_exidx_coverage(Layout
*, Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>*, Symbol_table
*);
2428 // Functors for STL set.
2429 struct output_section_address_less_than
2432 operator()(const Output_section
* s1
, const Output_section
* s2
) const
2433 { return s1
->address() < s2
->address(); }
2436 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
2437 // general Target structure.
2438 static const Target::Target_info arm_info
;
2440 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
2443 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0 // GOT entry for a regular symbol
2446 typedef typename
std::vector
<Stub_table
<big_endian
>*> Stub_table_list
;
2448 // Map input section to Arm_input_section.
2449 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2450 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*,
2452 Arm_input_section_map
;
2454 // Map output addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2455 typedef Unordered_map
<Arm_address
, const Cortex_a8_reloc
*>
2456 Cortex_a8_relocs_info
;
2459 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>* got_
;
2461 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>* plt_
;
2462 // The GOT PLT section.
2463 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
2464 // The dynamic reloc section.
2465 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn_
;
2466 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
2467 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
2468 // Space for variables copied with a COPY reloc.
2469 Output_data_space
* dynbss_
;
2470 // Vector of Stub_tables created.
2471 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
2473 const Stub_factory
&stub_factory_
;
2474 // Whether we can use BLX.
2476 // Whether we force PIC branch veneers.
2477 bool should_force_pic_veneer_
;
2478 // Map for locating Arm_input_sections.
2479 Arm_input_section_map arm_input_section_map_
;
2480 // Attributes section data in output.
2481 Attributes_section_data
* attributes_section_data_
;
2482 // Whether we want to fix code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2483 bool fix_cortex_a8_
;
2484 // Map addresses to relocs for Cortex-A8 erratum.
2485 Cortex_a8_relocs_info cortex_a8_relocs_info_
;
2488 template<bool big_endian
>
2489 const Target::Target_info Target_arm
<big_endian
>::arm_info
=
2492 big_endian
, // is_big_endian
2493 elfcpp::EM_ARM
, // machine_code
2494 false, // has_make_symbol
2495 false, // has_resolve
2496 false, // has_code_fill
2497 true, // is_default_stack_executable
2499 "/usr/lib/libc.so.1", // dynamic_linker
2500 0x8000, // default_text_segment_address
2501 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
2502 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
2503 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
2504 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
2505 0, // small_common_section_flags
2506 0, // large_common_section_flags
2507 ".ARM.attributes", // attributes_section
2508 "aeabi" // attributes_vendor
2511 // Arm relocate functions class
2514 template<bool big_endian
>
2515 class Arm_relocate_functions
: public Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
>
2520 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
2521 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation oveflow.
2522 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
// Relocation cannot be applied.
2526 typedef Relocate_functions
<32, big_endian
> Base
;
2527 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> This
;
2529 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw ARM instructions
2532 // imm16 := imm4 | imm12
2534 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2535 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2536 // | | |imm4 | |imm12 |
2537 // +-------+---------------+-------+-------+-----------------------+
2539 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the ARM
2540 // instruction encoding described above.
2541 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2542 extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(
2543 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2545 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2546 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2547 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000) | (val
& 0xfff));
2550 // Insert X into VAL based on the ARM instruction encoding described
2552 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2553 insert_val_arm_movw_movt(
2554 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2555 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2559 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2563 // Encoding of imm16 argument for movt and movw Thumb2 instructions
2566 // imm16 := imm4 | i | imm3 | imm8
2568 // f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0 f e d c b a 9 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 0
2569 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2570 // | |i| |imm4 || |imm3 | |imm8 |
2571 // +---------+-+-----------+-------++-+-----+-------+---------------+
2573 // Extract the relocation addend from VAL based on the Thumb2
2574 // instruction encoding described above.
2575 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2576 extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(
2577 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
)
2579 // According to the Elf ABI for ARM Architecture the immediate
2580 // field is sign-extended to form the addend.
2581 return utils::sign_extend
<16>(((val
>> 4) & 0xf000)
2582 | ((val
>> 15) & 0x0800)
2583 | ((val
>> 4) & 0x0700)
2587 // Insert X into VAL based on the Thumb2 instruction encoding
2589 static inline typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2590 insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(
2591 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype val
,
2592 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype x
)
2595 val
|= (x
& 0xf000) << 4;
2596 val
|= (x
& 0x0800) << 15;
2597 val
|= (x
& 0x0700) << 4;
2598 val
|= (x
& 0x00ff);
2602 // Calculate the smallest constant Kn for the specified residual.
2603 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2605 calc_grp_kn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
)
2611 // Determine the most significant bit in the residual and
2612 // align the resulting value to a 2-bit boundary.
2613 for (msb
= 30; (msb
>= 0) && !(residual
& (3 << msb
)); msb
-= 2)
2615 // The desired shift is now (msb - 6), or zero, whichever
2617 return (((msb
- 6) < 0) ? 0 : (msb
- 6));
2620 // Calculate the final residual for the specified group index.
2621 // If the passed group index is less than zero, the method will return
2622 // the value of the specified residual without any change.
2623 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2624 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2625 calc_grp_residual(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2628 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2630 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2631 uint32_t shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2632 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2633 residual
&= ~(residual
& (0xff << shift
));
2639 // Calculate the value of Gn for the specified group index.
2640 // We return it in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2641 // (see (AAELF 4.6.1.4 Static ARM relocations, Group Relocations, p.32)
2642 static typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype
2643 calc_grp_gn(typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype residual
,
2646 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype gn
= 0;
2649 for (int n
= 0; n
<= group
; n
++)
2651 // Calculate which part of the value to mask.
2652 shift
= calc_grp_kn(residual
);
2653 // Calculate Gn in 32-bit as well as encoded constant-and-rotation form.
2654 gn
= residual
& (0xff << shift
);
2655 // Calculate the residual for the next time around.
2658 // Return Gn in the form of an encoded constant-and-rotation.
2659 return ((gn
>> shift
) | ((gn
<= 0xff ? 0 : (32 - shift
) / 2) << 8));
2663 // Handle ARM long branches.
2664 static typename
This::Status
2665 arm_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2666 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2667 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2668 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2670 // Handle THUMB long branches.
2671 static typename
This::Status
2672 thumb_branch_common(unsigned int, const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>*,
2673 unsigned char *, const Sized_symbol
<32>*,
2674 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2675 const Symbol_value
<32>*, Arm_address
, Arm_address
, bool);
2678 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB branch.
2679 static inline int32_t
2680 thumb32_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2682 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding (backwards compatible with Thumb-1)
2683 // involving the J1 and J2 bits.
2684 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& (1U << 10)) >> 10;
2685 uint32_t upper
= upper_insn
& 0x3ffU
;
2686 uint32_t lower
= lower_insn
& 0x7ffU
;
2687 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 13)) >> 13;
2688 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& (1U << 11)) >> 11;
2689 uint32_t i1
= j1
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2690 uint32_t i2
= j2
^ s
? 0 : 1;
2692 return utils::sign_extend
<25>((s
<< 24) | (i1
<< 23) | (i2
<< 22)
2693 | (upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2696 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the upper instruction.
2697 // UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch. Caller is
2698 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2699 static inline uint16_t
2700 thumb32_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2702 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2703 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2704 return (upper_insn
& ~0x7ffU
) | ((bits
>> 12) & 0x3ffU
) | (s
<< 10);
2707 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB branch and return the lower instruction.
2708 // LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch. Caller is
2709 // responsible for overflow checking and BLX offset adjustment.
2710 static inline uint16_t
2711 thumb32_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2713 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2714 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2715 return ((lower_insn
& ~0x2fffU
)
2716 | ((((bits
>> 23) & 1) ^ !s
) << 13)
2717 | ((((bits
>> 22) & 1) ^ !s
) << 11)
2718 | ((bits
>> 1) & 0x7ffU
));
2721 // Return the branch offset of a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch.
2722 static inline int32_t
2723 thumb32_cond_branch_offset(uint16_t upper_insn
, uint16_t lower_insn
)
2725 uint32_t s
= (upper_insn
& 0x0400U
) >> 10;
2726 uint32_t j1
= (lower_insn
& 0x2000U
) >> 13;
2727 uint32_t j2
= (lower_insn
& 0x0800U
) >> 11;
2728 uint32_t lower
= (lower_insn
& 0x07ffU
);
2729 uint32_t upper
= (s
<< 8) | (j2
<< 7) | (j1
<< 6) | (upper_insn
& 0x003fU
);
2731 return utils::sign_extend
<21>((upper
<< 12) | (lower
<< 1));
2734 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the upper
2735 // instruction. UPPER_INSN is the original upper instruction of the branch.
2736 // Caller is responsible for overflow checking.
2737 static inline uint16_t
2738 thumb32_cond_branch_upper(uint16_t upper_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2740 uint32_t s
= offset
< 0 ? 1 : 0;
2741 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2742 return (upper_insn
& 0xfbc0U
) | (s
<< 10) | ((bits
& 0x0003f000U
) >> 12);
2745 // Insert OFFSET to a 32-bit THUMB conditional branch and return the lower
2746 // instruction. LOWER_INSN is the original lower instruction of the branch.
2747 // Caller is reponsible for overflow checking.
2748 static inline uint16_t
2749 thumb32_cond_branch_lower(uint16_t lower_insn
, int32_t offset
)
2751 uint32_t bits
= static_cast<uint32_t>(offset
);
2752 uint32_t j2
= (bits
& 0x00080000U
) >> 19;
2753 uint32_t j1
= (bits
& 0x00040000U
) >> 18;
2754 uint32_t lo
= (bits
& 0x00000ffeU
) >> 1;
2756 return (lower_insn
& 0xd000U
) | (j1
<< 13) | (j2
<< 11) | lo
;
2759 // R_ARM_ABS8: S + A
2760 static inline typename
This::Status
2761 abs8(unsigned char *view
,
2762 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2763 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
2765 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2766 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2767 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2768 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2769 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>(val
);
2770 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
2771 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffU
);
2772 elfcpp::Swap
<8, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2773 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<8>(x
)
2774 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2775 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2778 // R_ARM_THM_ABS5: S + A
2779 static inline typename
This::Status
2780 thm_abs5(unsigned char *view
,
2781 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2782 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
2784 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2785 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2786 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2787 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2788 Reltype addend
= (val
& 0x7e0U
) >> 6;
2789 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
2790 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
<< 6, 0x7e0U
);
2791 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2792 return (utils::has_overflow
<5>(x
)
2793 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2794 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2797 // R_ARM_ABS12: S + A
2798 static inline typename
This::Status
2799 abs12(unsigned char *view
,
2800 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2801 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
2803 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2804 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2805 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2806 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2807 Reltype addend
= val
& 0x0fffU
;
2808 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
2809 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x0fffU
);
2810 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2811 return (utils::has_overflow
<12>(x
)
2812 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2813 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2816 // R_ARM_ABS16: S + A
2817 static inline typename
This::Status
2818 abs16(unsigned char *view
,
2819 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2820 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
2822 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2823 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2824 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2825 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2826 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<16>(val
);
2827 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
2828 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0xffffU
);
2829 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2830 return (utils::has_signed_unsigned_overflow
<16>(x
)
2831 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2832 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2835 // R_ARM_ABS32: (S + A) | T
2836 static inline typename
This::Status
2837 abs32(unsigned char *view
,
2838 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2839 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
2840 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
2842 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2843 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2844 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2845 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
2846 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
2847 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
2850 // R_ARM_REL32: (S + A) | T - P
2851 static inline typename
This::Status
2852 rel32(unsigned char *view
,
2853 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2854 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
2855 Arm_address address
,
2856 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
2858 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2859 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2860 Valtype addend
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2861 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
2862 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
2863 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
2866 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP24: (S + A) | T - P
2867 static typename
This::Status
2868 thm_jump19(unsigned char *view
, const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
2869 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
, Arm_address address
,
2870 Arm_address thumb_bit
);
2872 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP6: S + A – P
2873 static inline typename
This::Status
2874 thm_jump6(unsigned char *view
,
2875 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2876 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
2877 Arm_address address
)
2879 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2880 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2881 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2882 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2883 // bit[9]:bit[7:3]:’0’ (mask: 0x02f8)
2884 Reltype addend
= (((val
& 0x0200) >> 3) | ((val
& 0x00f8) >> 2));
2885 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
2886 val
= (val
& 0xfd07) | ((x
& 0x0040) << 3) | ((val
& 0x003e) << 2);
2887 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2888 // CZB does only forward jumps.
2889 return ((x
> 0x007e)
2890 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2891 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2894 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP8: S + A – P
2895 static inline typename
This::Status
2896 thm_jump8(unsigned char *view
,
2897 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2898 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
2899 Arm_address address
)
2901 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2902 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2903 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2904 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2905 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<8>((val
& 0x00ff) << 1);
2906 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
2907 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xff00) | ((x
& 0x01fe) >> 1));
2908 return (utils::has_overflow
<8>(x
)
2909 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2910 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2913 // R_ARM_THM_JUMP11: S + A – P
2914 static inline typename
This::Status
2915 thm_jump11(unsigned char *view
,
2916 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2917 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
2918 Arm_address address
)
2920 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2921 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
2922 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2923 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2924 Reltype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<11>((val
& 0x07ff) << 1);
2925 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
2926 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, (val
& 0xf800) | ((x
& 0x0ffe) >> 1));
2927 return (utils::has_overflow
<11>(x
)
2928 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
2929 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2932 // R_ARM_BASE_PREL: B(S) + A - P
2933 static inline typename
This::Status
2934 base_prel(unsigned char* view
,
2936 Arm_address address
)
2938 Base::rel32(view
, origin
- address
);
2942 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS: B(S) + A
2943 static inline typename
This::Status
2944 base_abs(unsigned char* view
,
2947 Base::rel32(view
, origin
);
2951 // R_ARM_GOT_BREL: GOT(S) + A - GOT_ORG
2952 static inline typename
This::Status
2953 got_brel(unsigned char* view
,
2954 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype got_offset
)
2956 Base::rel32(view
, got_offset
);
2957 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
2960 // R_ARM_GOT_PREL: GOT(S) + A - P
2961 static inline typename
This::Status
2962 got_prel(unsigned char *view
,
2963 Arm_address got_entry
,
2964 Arm_address address
)
2966 Base::rel32(view
, got_entry
- address
);
2967 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
2970 // R_ARM_PREL: (S + A) | T - P
2971 static inline typename
This::Status
2972 prel31(unsigned char *view
,
2973 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2974 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
2975 Arm_address address
,
2976 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
2978 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2979 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2980 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2981 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<31>(val
);
2982 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
2983 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, x
, 0x7fffffffU
);
2984 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
2985 return (utils::has_overflow
<31>(x
) ?
2986 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
2989 // R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC: (S + A) | T
2990 static inline typename
This::Status
2991 movw_abs_nc(unsigned char *view
,
2992 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
2993 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
2994 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
2996 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
2997 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
2998 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
2999 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3000 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3001 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3002 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3003 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3006 // R_ARM_MOVT_ABS: S + A
3007 static inline typename
This::Status
3008 movt_abs(unsigned char *view
,
3009 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3010 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3012 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3013 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3014 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3015 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3016 Valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) >> 16;
3017 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3018 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3019 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3022 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC: S + A | T
3023 static inline typename
This::Status
3024 thm_movw_abs_nc(unsigned char *view
,
3025 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3026 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3027 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3029 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3030 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3031 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3032 Reltype val
= ((elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3033 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1));
3034 Reltype addend
= extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3035 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
;
3036 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3037 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3038 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3039 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3042 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS: S + A
3043 static inline typename
This::Status
3044 thm_movt_abs(unsigned char *view
,
3045 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3046 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
)
3048 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3049 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3050 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3051 Reltype val
= ((elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3052 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1));
3053 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3054 Reltype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) >> 16;
3055 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3056 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3057 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3058 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3061 // R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3062 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) – B(S)
3063 static inline typename
This::Status
3064 movw_rel_nc(unsigned char* view
,
3065 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3066 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3067 Arm_address address
,
3068 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3070 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3071 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3072 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3073 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3074 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3075 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3076 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3077 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3080 // R_ARM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) – B(S)
3081 static inline typename
This::Status
3082 movw_rel(unsigned char* view
,
3083 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3084 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3085 Arm_address address
,
3086 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3088 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3089 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3090 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3091 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3092 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3093 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3094 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3095 return ((x
>= 0x10000) ?
3096 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3099 // R_ARM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3100 // R_ARM_MOVT_BREL: S + A – B(S)
3101 static inline typename
This::Status
3102 movt_rel(unsigned char* view
,
3103 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3104 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3105 Arm_address address
)
3107 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3108 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3109 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3110 Valtype addend
= This::extract_arm_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3111 Valtype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
) >> 16;
3112 val
= This::insert_val_arm_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3113 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3114 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3117 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC: (S + A) | T - P
3118 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC: ((S + A) | T) – B(S)
3119 static inline typename
This::Status
3120 thm_movw_rel_nc(unsigned char *view
,
3121 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3122 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3123 Arm_address address
,
3124 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3126 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3127 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3128 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3129 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3130 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3131 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3132 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3133 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3134 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3135 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3136 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3139 // R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL: ((S + A) | T) – B(S)
3140 static inline typename
This::Status
3141 thm_movw_rel(unsigned char *view
,
3142 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3143 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3144 Arm_address address
,
3145 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3147 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3148 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3149 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3150 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3151 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3152 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3153 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
;
3154 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3155 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3156 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3157 return ((x
>= 0x10000) ?
3158 This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3161 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL: S + A - P
3162 // R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL: S + A – B(S)
3163 static inline typename
This::Status
3164 thm_movt_rel(unsigned char* view
,
3165 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3166 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3167 Arm_address address
)
3169 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3170 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Reltype
;
3171 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3172 Reltype val
= (elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
) << 16)
3173 | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3174 Reltype addend
= This::extract_thumb_movw_movt_addend(val
);
3175 Reltype x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
) >> 16;
3176 val
= This::insert_val_thumb_movw_movt(val
, x
);
3177 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
>> 16);
3178 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, val
& 0xffff);
3179 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3183 static inline typename
This::Status
3184 v4bx(const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3185 unsigned char *view
,
3186 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3187 const Arm_address address
,
3188 const bool is_interworking
)
3191 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3192 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3193 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3195 // Ensure that we have a BX instruction.
3196 gold_assert((val
& 0x0ffffff0) == 0x012fff10);
3197 const uint32_t reg
= (val
& 0xf);
3198 if (is_interworking
&& reg
!= 0xf)
3200 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3201 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3202 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3204 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
3205 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3207 int32_t veneer_address
=
3208 stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() - 8 - address
;
3209 gold_assert((veneer_address
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3210 && (veneer_address
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3211 // Replace with a branch to veneer (B <addr>)
3212 val
= (val
& 0xf0000000) | 0x0a000000
3213 | ((veneer_address
>> 2) & 0x00ffffff);
3217 // Preserve Rm (lowest four bits) and the condition code
3218 // (highest four bits). Other bits encode MOV PC,Rm.
3219 val
= (val
& 0xf000000f) | 0x01a0f000;
3221 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3222 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3225 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3226 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0: ((S + A) | T) - P
3227 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - P
3228 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1: ((S + A) | T) - P
3229 // R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2: ((S + A) | T) - P
3230 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3231 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3232 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3233 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3234 // R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2: ((S + A) | T) - B(S)
3235 static inline typename
This::Status
3236 arm_grp_alu(unsigned char* view
,
3237 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3238 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3240 Arm_address address
,
3241 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3242 bool check_overflow
)
3244 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3245 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3246 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3248 // ALU group relocations are allowed only for the ADD/SUB instructions.
3249 // (0x00800000 - ADD, 0x00400000 - SUB)
3250 const Valtype opcode
= insn
& 0x01e00000;
3251 if (opcode
!= 0x00800000 && opcode
!= 0x00400000)
3252 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3254 // Determine a sign for the addend.
3255 const int sign
= (opcode
== 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3256 // shifter = rotate_imm * 2
3257 const uint32_t shifter
= (insn
& 0xf00) >> 7;
3258 // Initial addend value.
3259 int32_t addend
= insn
& 0xff;
3260 // Rotate addend right by shifter.
3261 addend
= (addend
>> shifter
) | (addend
<< (32 - shifter
));
3262 // Apply a sign to the added.
3265 int32_t x
= ((psymval
->value(object
, addend
) | thumb_bit
) - address
);
3266 Valtype gn
= Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_gn(abs(x
), group
);
3267 // Check for overflow if required
3269 && (Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
) != 0))
3270 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3272 // Mask out the value and the ADD/SUB part of the opcode; take care
3273 // not to destroy the S bit.
3275 // Set the opcode according to whether the value to go in the
3276 // place is negative.
3277 insn
|= ((x
< 0) ? 0x00400000 : 0x00800000);
3278 // Encode the offset (encoded Gn).
3281 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3282 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3285 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0: S + A - P
3286 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1: S + A - P
3287 // R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2: S + A - P
3288 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3289 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3290 // R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3291 static inline typename
This::Status
3292 arm_grp_ldr(unsigned char* view
,
3293 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3294 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3296 Arm_address address
)
3298 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3299 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3300 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3302 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3303 int32_t addend
= (insn
& 0xfff) * sign
;
3304 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3305 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3307 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3308 if (residual
>= 0x1000)
3309 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3311 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3313 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3318 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3319 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3322 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0: S + A - P
3323 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1: S + A - P
3324 // R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2: S + A - P
3325 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3326 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3327 // R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3328 static inline typename
This::Status
3329 arm_grp_ldrs(unsigned char* view
,
3330 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3331 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3333 Arm_address address
)
3335 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3336 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3337 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3339 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3340 int32_t addend
= (((insn
& 0xf00) >> 4) + (insn
& 0xf)) * sign
;
3341 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3342 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3344 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3345 if (residual
>= 0x100)
3346 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3348 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3350 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3353 insn
|= ((residual
& 0xf0) << 4) | (residual
& 0xf);
3355 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3356 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3359 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0: S + A - P
3360 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1: S + A - P
3361 // R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2: S + A - P
3362 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0: S + A - B(S)
3363 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1: S + A - B(S)
3364 // R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2: S + A - B(S)
3365 static inline typename
This::Status
3366 arm_grp_ldc(unsigned char* view
,
3367 const Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
3368 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3370 Arm_address address
)
3372 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3373 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3374 Valtype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3376 const int sign
= (insn
& 0x00800000) ? 1 : -1;
3377 int32_t addend
= ((insn
& 0xff) << 2) * sign
;
3378 int32_t x
= (psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
);
3379 // Calculate the relevant G(n-1) value to obtain this stage residual.
3381 Arm_relocate_functions::calc_grp_residual(abs(x
), group
- 1);
3382 if ((residual
& 0x3) != 0 || residual
>= 0x400)
3383 return This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
;
3385 // Mask out the value and U bit.
3387 // Set the U bit for non-negative values.
3390 insn
|= (residual
>> 2);
3392 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, insn
);
3393 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3397 // Relocate ARM long branches. This handles relocation types
3398 // R_ARM_CALL, R_ARM_JUMP24, R_ARM_PLT32 and R_ARM_XPC25.
3399 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3400 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3401 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3403 template<bool big_endian
>
3404 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3405 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::arm_branch_common(
3406 unsigned int r_type
,
3407 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3408 unsigned char *view
,
3409 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3410 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3412 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3413 Arm_address address
,
3414 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3415 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3417 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3418 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3419 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3421 bool insn_is_b
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) <= 0xe)
3422 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
);
3423 bool insn_is_uncond_bl
= (val
& 0xff000000UL
) == 0xeb000000UL
;
3424 bool insn_is_cond_bl
= (((val
>> 28) & 0xf) < 0xe)
3425 && ((val
& 0x0f000000UL
) == 0x0b000000UL
);
3426 bool insn_is_blx
= (val
& 0xfe000000UL
) == 0xfa000000UL
;
3427 bool insn_is_any_branch
= (val
& 0x0e000000UL
) == 0x0a000000UL
;
3429 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3430 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
3432 if (!insn_is_uncond_bl
&& !insn_is_blx
)
3433 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3435 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3437 if (!insn_is_b
&& !insn_is_cond_bl
)
3438 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3440 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
3442 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3443 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3445 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
)
3447 // FIXME: AAELF document IH0044C does not say much about it other
3448 // than it being obsolete.
3449 if (!insn_is_any_branch
)
3450 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3455 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3456 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3457 // Do the same for local undefined symbols.
3458 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP depending
3459 // on the architecture.
3460 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3461 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3462 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3464 Valtype cond
= val
& 0xf0000000U
;
3465 if (arm_target
->may_use_arm_nop())
3466 val
= cond
| 0x0320f000;
3468 val
= cond
| 0x01a00000; // Using pre-UAL nop: mov r0, r0.
3469 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3470 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3473 Valtype addend
= utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
3474 Valtype branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3475 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3477 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3479 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3480 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
3481 if ((branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3482 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3483 || ((thumb_bit
!= 0) && !(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)))
3485 Stub_type stub_type
=
3486 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, branch_target
,
3488 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3490 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3491 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3492 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3494 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3495 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3496 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3497 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3498 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3499 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3500 gold_assert((branch_offset
<= ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
3501 && (branch_offset
>= ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
));
3505 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3506 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3510 gold_assert(may_use_blx
&& r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
);
3511 val
= (val
& 0xffffff) | 0xfa000000 | ((branch_offset
& 2) << 23);
3514 val
= utils::bit_select(val
, (branch_offset
>> 2), 0xffffffUL
);
3515 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, val
);
3516 return (utils::has_overflow
<26>(branch_offset
)
3517 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
: This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3520 // Relocate THUMB long branches. This handles relocation types
3521 // R_ARM_THM_CALL, R_ARM_THM_JUMP24 and R_ARM_THM_XPC22.
3522 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3523 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3524 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3526 template<bool big_endian
>
3527 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3528 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thumb_branch_common(
3529 unsigned int r_type
,
3530 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3531 unsigned char *view
,
3532 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
3533 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3535 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3536 Arm_address address
,
3537 Arm_address thumb_bit
,
3538 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3540 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3541 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3542 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3543 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3545 // FIXME: These tests are too loose and do not take THUMB/THUMB-2 difference
3547 bool is_bl_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x1000U
;
3548 bool is_blx_insn
= (lower_insn
& 0x1000U
) == 0x0000U
;
3550 // Check that the instruction is valid.
3551 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
3553 if (!is_bl_insn
&& !is_blx_insn
)
3554 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3556 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
3558 // This cannot be a BLX.
3560 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3562 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
3564 // Check for Thumb to Thumb call.
3566 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3569 gold_warning(_("%s: Thumb BLX instruction targets "
3570 "thumb function '%s'."),
3571 object
->name().c_str(),
3572 (gsym
? gsym
->name() : "(local)"));
3573 // Convert BLX to BL.
3574 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3580 // A branch to an undefined weak symbol is turned into a jump to
3581 // the next instruction unless a PLT entry will be created.
3582 // The jump to the next instruction is optimized as a NOP.W for
3583 // Thumb-2 enabled architectures.
3584 const Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
3585 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
3586 if (is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
)
3588 if (arm_target
->may_use_thumb2_nop())
3590 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xf3af);
3591 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0x8000);
3595 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, 0xe000);
3596 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, 0xbf00);
3598 return This::STATUS_OKAY
;
3601 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3602 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3603 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3605 // We need a stub if the branch offset is too large or if we need
3607 bool may_use_blx
= arm_target
->may_use_blx();
3608 bool thumb2
= arm_target
->using_thumb2();
3610 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
3611 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
3613 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
3614 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
3615 || ((thumb_bit
== 0)
3616 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
3617 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)))
3619 Stub_type stub_type
=
3620 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, branch_target
,
3622 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
3624 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
3625 object
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3626 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3628 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
3629 Reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
3630 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
3631 thumb_bit
= stub
->stub_template()->entry_in_thumb_mode() ? 1 : 0;
3632 branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset() + addend
;
3633 branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3637 // At this point, if we still need to switch mode, the instruction
3638 // must either be a BLX or a BL that can be converted to a BLX.
3641 gold_assert(may_use_blx
3642 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
3643 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
));
3644 // Make sure this is a BLX.
3645 lower_insn
&= ~0x1000U
;
3649 // Make sure this is a BL.
3650 lower_insn
|= 0x1000U
;
3653 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
3654 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is rounded up
3655 // to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of the instruction
3656 // which specifies that bit 1 of the target address will come from bit
3657 // 1 of the base address.
3658 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
3660 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn. Assumes two's complement.
3661 // We use the Thumb-2 encoding, which is safe even if dealing with
3662 // a Thumb-1 instruction by virtue of our overflow check above. */
3663 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3664 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3666 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3667 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3670 ? utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
)
3671 : utils::has_overflow
<23>(branch_offset
))
3672 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3673 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3676 // Relocate THUMB-2 long conditional branches.
3677 // If IS_WEAK_UNDEFINED_WITH_PLT is true. The target symbol is weakly
3678 // undefined and we do not use PLT in this relocation. In such a case,
3679 // the branch is converted into an NOP.
3681 template<bool big_endian
>
3682 typename Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::Status
3683 Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
>::thm_jump19(
3684 unsigned char *view
,
3685 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
,
3686 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
3687 Arm_address address
,
3688 Arm_address thumb_bit
)
3690 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
3691 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
3692 uint32_t upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
3693 uint32_t lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
3694 int32_t addend
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
3696 Arm_address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
3697 int32_t branch_offset
= branch_target
- address
;
3699 // ??? Should handle interworking? GCC might someday try to
3700 // use this for tail calls.
3701 // FIXME: We do support thumb entry to PLT yet.
3704 gold_error(_("conditional branch to PLT in THUMB-2 not supported yet."));
3705 return This::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
3708 // Put RELOCATION back into the insn.
3709 upper_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
3710 lower_insn
= This::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
3712 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
3713 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
3714 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
3716 return (utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
)
3717 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
3718 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
3721 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3723 template<bool big_endian
>
3724 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>*
3725 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
3727 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
3729 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
3731 this->got_
= new Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>();
3734 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3736 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3737 this->got_
, false, true, true,
3740 // The old GNU linker creates a .got.plt section. We just
3741 // create another set of data in the .got section. Note that we
3742 // always create a PLT if we create a GOT, although the PLT
3744 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(4, "** GOT PLT");
3745 os
= layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3747 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3748 this->got_plt_
, false, false,
3751 // The first three entries are reserved.
3752 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(3 * 4);
3754 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
3755 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
3756 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
3758 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
3760 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
3766 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
3768 template<bool big_endian
>
3769 typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
3770 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::rel_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
3772 if (this->rel_dyn_
== NULL
)
3774 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
3775 this->rel_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
3776 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
3777 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_dyn_
, true,
3778 false, false, false);
3780 return this->rel_dyn_
;
3783 // Insn_template methods.
3785 // Return byte size of an instruction template.
3788 Insn_template::size() const
3790 switch (this->type())
3793 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
3804 // Return alignment of an instruction template.
3807 Insn_template::alignment() const
3809 switch (this->type())
3812 case THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
3823 // Stub_template methods.
3825 Stub_template::Stub_template(
3826 Stub_type type
, const Insn_template
* insns
,
3828 : type_(type
), insns_(insns
), insn_count_(insn_count
), alignment_(1),
3829 entry_in_thumb_mode_(false), relocs_()
3833 // Compute byte size and alignment of stub template.
3834 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< insn_count
; i
++)
3836 unsigned insn_alignment
= insns
[i
].alignment();
3837 size_t insn_size
= insns
[i
].size();
3838 gold_assert((offset
& (insn_alignment
- 1)) == 0);
3839 this->alignment_
= std::max(this->alignment_
, insn_alignment
);
3840 switch (insns
[i
].type())
3842 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
3843 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
3845 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
3848 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
3849 if (insns
[i
].r_type() != elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
)
3850 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
3852 this->entry_in_thumb_mode_
= true;
3855 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
3856 // Handle cases where the target is encoded within the
3858 if (insns
[i
].r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
3859 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
3862 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
3863 // Entry point cannot be data.
3864 gold_assert(i
!= 0);
3865 this->relocs_
.push_back(Reloc(i
, offset
));
3871 offset
+= insn_size
;
3873 this->size_
= offset
;
3878 // Template to implement do_write for a specific target endianity.
3880 template<bool big_endian
>
3882 Stub::do_fixed_endian_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
3884 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= this->stub_template();
3885 const Insn_template
* insns
= stub_template
->insns();
3887 // FIXME: We do not handle BE8 encoding yet.
3888 unsigned char* pov
= view
;
3889 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->insn_count(); i
++)
3891 switch (insns
[i
].type())
3893 case Insn_template::THUMB16_TYPE
:
3894 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff);
3896 case Insn_template::THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE
:
3897 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(
3899 this->thumb16_special(i
));
3901 case Insn_template::THUMB32_TYPE
:
3903 uint32_t hi
= (insns
[i
].data() >> 16) & 0xffff;
3904 uint32_t lo
= insns
[i
].data() & 0xffff;
3905 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, hi
);
3906 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 2, lo
);
3909 case Insn_template::ARM_TYPE
:
3910 case Insn_template::DATA_TYPE
:
3911 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, insns
[i
].data());
3916 pov
+= insns
[i
].size();
3918 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- view
) == view_size
);
3921 // Reloc_stub::Key methods.
3923 // Dump a Key as a string for debugging.
3926 Reloc_stub::Key::name() const
3928 if (this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
)
3930 // Global symbol key name
3931 // <stub-type>:<symbol name>:<addend>.
3932 const std::string sym_name
= this->u_
.symbol
->name();
3933 // We need to print two hex number and two colons. So just add 100 bytes
3934 // to the symbol name size.
3935 size_t len
= sym_name
.size() + 100;
3936 char* buffer
= new char[len
];
3937 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%s:%x", this->stub_type_
,
3938 sym_name
.c_str(), this->addend_
);
3939 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
3941 return std::string(buffer
);
3945 // local symbol key name
3946 // <stub-type>:<object>:<r_sym>:<addend>.
3947 const size_t len
= 200;
3949 int c
= snprintf(buffer
, len
, "%d:%p:%u:%x", this->stub_type_
,
3950 this->u_
.relobj
, this->r_sym_
, this->addend_
);
3951 gold_assert(c
> 0 && c
< static_cast<int>(len
));
3952 return std::string(buffer
);
3956 // Reloc_stub methods.
3958 // Determine the type of stub needed, if any, for a relocation of R_TYPE at
3959 // LOCATION to DESTINATION.
3960 // This code is based on the arm_type_of_stub function in
3961 // bfd/elf32-arm.c. We have changed the interface a liitle to keep the Stub
3965 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(
3966 unsigned int r_type
,
3967 Arm_address location
,
3968 Arm_address destination
,
3969 bool target_is_thumb
)
3971 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
3973 // This is a bit ugly but we want to avoid using a templated class for
3974 // big and little endianities.
3976 bool should_force_pic_veneer
;
3979 if (parameters
->target().is_big_endian())
3981 const Target_arm
<true>* big_endian_target
=
3982 Target_arm
<true>::default_target();
3983 may_use_blx
= big_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
3984 should_force_pic_veneer
= big_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
3985 thumb2
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
3986 thumb_only
= big_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
3990 const Target_arm
<false>* little_endian_target
=
3991 Target_arm
<false>::default_target();
3992 may_use_blx
= little_endian_target
->may_use_blx();
3993 should_force_pic_veneer
= little_endian_target
->should_force_pic_veneer();
3994 thumb2
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb2();
3995 thumb_only
= little_endian_target
->using_thumb_only();
3998 int64_t branch_offset
= (int64_t)destination
- location
;
4000 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
|| r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
4002 // Handle cases where:
4003 // - this call goes too far (different Thumb/Thumb2 max
4005 // - it's a Thumb->Arm call and blx is not available, or it's a
4006 // Thumb->Arm branch (not bl). A stub is needed in this case.
4008 && (branch_offset
> THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4009 || (branch_offset
< THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4011 && (branch_offset
> THM2_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4012 || (branch_offset
< THM2_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)))
4013 || ((!target_is_thumb
)
4014 && (((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4015 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
))))
4017 if (target_is_thumb
)
4022 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4023 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4026 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4027 // V5T and above. Stub starts with ARM code, so
4028 // we must be able to switch mode before
4029 // reaching it, which is only possible for 'bl'
4030 // (ie R_ARM_THM_CALL relocation).
4031 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
4032 // On V4T, use Thumb code only.
4033 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
)
4037 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4038 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4039 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
); // V4T.
4043 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4044 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4045 ? arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
// PIC stub.
4046 : arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
; // non-PIC stub.
4053 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4054 // object that has interwork enabled.
4056 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4057 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4060 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4061 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// V5T and above.
4062 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
) // V4T.
4066 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
))
4067 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4068 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
); // V4T.
4070 // Handle v4t short branches.
4071 if ((stub_type
== arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
)
4072 && (branch_offset
<= THM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4073 && (branch_offset
>= THM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4074 stub_type
= arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
;
4078 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
4079 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
4080 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
4082 if (target_is_thumb
)
4086 // FIXME: We should check that the input section is from an
4087 // object that has interwork enabled.
4089 // We have an extra 2-bytes reach because of
4090 // the mode change (bit 24 (H) of BLX encoding).
4091 if (branch_offset
> (ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
+ 2)
4092 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
)
4093 || ((r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
) && !may_use_blx
)
4094 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
4095 || (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
))
4097 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4098 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4101 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
// V5T and above.
4102 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
) // V4T stub.
4106 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
// V5T and above.
4107 : arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
); // V4T.
4113 if (branch_offset
> ARM_MAX_FWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
4114 || (branch_offset
< ARM_MAX_BWD_BRANCH_OFFSET
))
4116 stub_type
= (parameters
->options().shared()
4117 || should_force_pic_veneer
)
4118 ? arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
// PIC stubs.
4119 : arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
; /// non-PIC.
4127 // Cortex_a8_stub methods.
4129 // Return the instruction for a THUMB16_SPECIAL_TYPE instruction template.
4130 // I is the position of the instruction template in the stub template.
4133 Cortex_a8_stub::do_thumb16_special(size_t i
)
4135 // The only use of this is to copy condition code from a conditional
4136 // branch being worked around to the corresponding conditional branch in
4138 gold_assert(this->stub_template()->type() == arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
4140 uint16_t data
= this->stub_template()->insns()[i
].data();
4141 gold_assert((data
& 0xff00U
) == 0xd000U
);
4142 data
|= ((this->original_insn_
>> 22) & 0xf) << 8;
4146 // Stub_factory methods.
4148 Stub_factory::Stub_factory()
4150 // The instruction template sequences are declared as static
4151 // objects and initialized first time the constructor runs.
4153 // Arm/Thumb -> Arm/Thumb long branch stub. On V5T and above, use blx
4154 // to reach the stub if necessary.
4155 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_any
[] =
4157 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4158 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4159 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4162 // V4T Arm -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4164 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb
[] =
4166 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4167 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4168 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4169 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4172 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Used on M-profile architectures.
4173 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only
[] =
4175 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4176 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4177 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4684), // mov ip, r0
4178 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4179 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4180 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbf00), // nop
4181 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4182 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4185 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub. Using the stack is not
4187 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb
[] =
4189 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4190 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4191 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4192 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4193 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4194 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4197 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub. Used on V4T where blx is not
4199 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4201 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4202 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4203 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe51ff004), // ldr pc, [pc, #-4]
4204 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
, 0),
4205 // dcd R_ARM_ABS32(X)
4208 // V4T Thumb -> ARM short branch stub. Shorter variant of the above
4209 // one, when the destination is close enough.
4210 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_short_branch_v4t_thumb_arm
[] =
4212 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4213 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4214 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8), // b (X-8)
4217 // ARM/Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4218 // blx to reach the stub if necessary.
4219 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_arm_pic
[] =
4221 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr r12, [pc]
4222 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08ff00c), // add pc, pc, ip
4223 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4224 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X-4)
4227 // ARM/Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. On V5T and above, use
4228 // blx to reach the stub if necessary. We can not add into pc;
4229 // it is not guaranteed to mode switch (different in ARMv6 and
4231 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_any_thumb_pic
[] =
4233 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr r12, [pc, #4]
4234 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4235 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4236 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4237 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4240 // V4T ARM -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4241 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_arm_thumb_pic
[] =
4243 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4244 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4245 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4246 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4247 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4250 // V4T Thumb -> ARM long branch stub, PIC.
4251 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_arm_pic
[] =
4253 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4254 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4255 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc000), // ldr ip, [pc, #0]
4256 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08cf00f), // add pc, ip, pc
4257 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, -4),
4258 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4261 // Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Used on M-profile
4263 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_thumb_only_pic
[] =
4265 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xb401), // push {r0}
4266 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4802), // ldr r0, [pc, #8]
4267 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46fc), // mov ip, pc
4268 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4484), // add ip, r0
4269 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0xbc01), // pop {r0}
4270 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4760), // bx ip
4271 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 4),
4272 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4275 // V4T Thumb -> Thumb long branch stub, PIC. Using the stack is not
4277 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_long_branch_v4t_thumb_thumb_pic
[] =
4279 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x4778), // bx pc
4280 Insn_template::thumb16_insn(0x46c0), // nop
4281 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe59fc004), // ldr ip, [pc, #4]
4282 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe08fc00c), // add ip, pc, ip
4283 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff1c), // bx ip
4284 Insn_template::data_word(0, elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
, 0),
4285 // dcd R_ARM_REL32(X)
4288 // Cortex-A8 erratum-workaround stubs.
4290 // Stub used for conditional branches (which may be beyond +/-1MB away,
4291 // so we can't use a conditional branch to reach this stub).
4298 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
[] =
4300 Insn_template::thumb16_bcond_insn(0xd001), // b<cond>.n true
4301 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4), // b.w after
4302 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // true:
4306 // Stub used for b.w and bl.w instructions.
4308 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
[] =
4310 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4313 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
[] =
4315 Insn_template::thumb32_b_insn(0xf000b800, -4) // b.w dest
4318 // Stub used for Thumb-2 blx.w instructions. We modified the original blx.w
4319 // instruction (which switches to ARM mode) to point to this stub. Jump to
4320 // the real destination using an ARM-mode branch.
4321 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
[] =
4323 Insn_template::arm_rel_insn(0xea000000, -8) // b dest
4326 // Stub used to provide an interworking for R_ARM_V4BX relocation
4327 // (bx r[n] instruction).
4328 static const Insn_template elf32_arm_stub_v4_veneer_bx
[] =
4330 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe3100001), // tst r<n>, #1
4331 Insn_template::arm_insn(0x01a0f000), // moveq pc, r<n>
4332 Insn_template::arm_insn(0xe12fff10) // bx r<n>
4335 // Fill in the stub template look-up table. Stub templates are constructed
4336 // per instance of Stub_factory for fast look-up without locking
4337 // in a thread-enabled environment.
4339 this->stub_templates_
[arm_stub_none
] =
4340 new Stub_template(arm_stub_none
, NULL
, 0);
4342 #define DEF_STUB(x) \
4346 = sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x) / sizeof(elf32_arm_stub_##x[0]); \
4347 Stub_type type = arm_stub_##x; \
4348 this->stub_templates_[type] = \
4349 new Stub_template(type, elf32_arm_stub_##x, array_size); \
4357 // Stub_table methods.
4359 // Removel all Cortex-A8 stub.
4361 template<bool big_endian
>
4363 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs()
4365 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4366 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4369 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.clear();
4372 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
4374 template<bool big_endian
>
4376 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
4378 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4379 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4380 Output_section
* output_section
,
4381 unsigned char* view
,
4382 Arm_address address
,
4383 section_size_type view_size
)
4385 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4386 if (stub_template
->reloc_count() != 0)
4388 // Adjust view to cover the stub only.
4389 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
4390 section_size_type stub_size
= stub_template
->size();
4391 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
4393 arm_target
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
, view
+ offset
,
4394 address
+ offset
, stub_size
);
4398 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
4400 template<bool big_endian
>
4402 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::relocate_stubs(
4403 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
4404 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4405 Output_section
* output_section
,
4406 unsigned char* view
,
4407 Arm_address address
,
4408 section_size_type view_size
)
4410 // If we are passed a view bigger than the stub table's. we need to
4412 gold_assert(address
== this->address()
4414 == static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size())));
4416 // Relocate all relocation stubs.
4417 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4418 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4420 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4421 address
, view_size
);
4423 // Relocate all Cortex-A8 stubs.
4424 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4425 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4427 this->relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4428 address
, view_size
);
4430 // Relocate all ARM V4BX stubs.
4431 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4432 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4436 this->relocate_stub(*p
, relinfo
, arm_target
, output_section
, view
,
4437 address
, view_size
);
4441 // Write out the stubs to file.
4443 template<bool big_endian
>
4445 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4447 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4448 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4449 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4450 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4452 // Write relocation stubs.
4453 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4454 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4457 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4458 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4460 == align_address(address
,
4461 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4462 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4466 // Write Cortex-A8 stubs.
4467 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4468 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4471 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4472 Arm_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4474 == align_address(address
,
4475 stub
->stub_template()->alignment()));
4476 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_template()->size(),
4480 // Write ARM V4BX relocation stubs.
4481 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4482 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4488 Arm_address address
= this->address() + (*p
)->offset();
4490 == align_address(address
,
4491 (*p
)->stub_template()->alignment()));
4492 (*p
)->write(oview
+ (*p
)->offset(), (*p
)->stub_template()->size(),
4496 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4499 // Update the data size and address alignment of the stub table at the end
4500 // of a relaxation pass. Return true if either the data size or the
4501 // alignment changed in this relaxation pass.
4503 template<bool big_endian
>
4505 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::update_data_size_and_addralign()
4508 unsigned addralign
= 1;
4510 // Go over all stubs in table to compute data size and address alignment.
4512 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4513 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4516 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4517 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4518 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4519 + stub_template
->size());
4522 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4523 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4526 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= p
->second
->stub_template();
4527 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4528 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4529 + stub_template
->size());
4532 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4533 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4539 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4540 addralign
= std::max(addralign
, stub_template
->alignment());
4541 size
= (align_address(size
, stub_template
->alignment())
4542 + stub_template
->size());
4545 // Check if either data size or alignment changed in this pass.
4546 // Update prev_data_size_ and prev_addralign_. These will be used
4547 // as the current data size and address alignment for the next pass.
4548 bool changed
= size
!= this->prev_data_size_
;
4549 this->prev_data_size_
= size
;
4551 if (addralign
!= this->prev_addralign_
)
4553 this->prev_addralign_
= addralign
;
4558 // Finalize the stubs. This sets the offsets of the stubs within the stub
4559 // table. It also marks all input sections needing Cortex-A8 workaround.
4561 template<bool big_endian
>
4563 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::finalize_stubs()
4566 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
4567 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end();
4570 Reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4571 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4572 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4573 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4574 stub
->set_offset(off
);
4575 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4578 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.begin();
4579 p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end();
4582 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4583 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
4584 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4585 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4586 stub
->set_offset(off
);
4587 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4589 // Mark input section so that we can determine later if a code section
4590 // needs the Cortex-A8 workaround quickly.
4591 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4592 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(stub
->relobj());
4593 arm_relobj
->mark_section_for_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
->shndx());
4596 for (Arm_v4bx_stub_list::const_iterator p
= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.begin();
4597 p
!= this->arm_v4bx_stubs_
.end();
4603 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= (*p
)->stub_template();
4604 uint64_t stub_addralign
= stub_template
->alignment();
4605 off
= align_address(off
, stub_addralign
);
4606 (*p
)->set_offset(off
);
4607 off
+= stub_template
->size();
4610 gold_assert(off
<= this->prev_data_size_
);
4613 // Apply Cortex-A8 workaround to an address range between VIEW_ADDRESS
4614 // and VIEW_ADDRESS + VIEW_SIZE - 1. VIEW points to the mapped address
4615 // of the address range seen by the linker.
4617 template<bool big_endian
>
4619 Stub_table
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
4620 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
4621 unsigned char* view
,
4622 Arm_address view_address
,
4623 section_size_type view_size
)
4625 // Cortex-A8 stubs are sorted by addresses of branches being fixed up.
4626 for (Cortex_a8_stub_list::const_iterator p
=
4627 this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.lower_bound(view_address
);
4628 ((p
!= this->cortex_a8_stubs_
.end())
4629 && (p
->first
< (view_address
+ view_size
)));
4632 // We do not store the THUMB bit in the LSB of either the branch address
4633 // or the stub offset. There is no need to strip the LSB.
4634 Arm_address branch_address
= p
->first
;
4635 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
4636 Arm_address stub_address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
4638 // Offset of the branch instruction relative to this view.
4639 section_size_type offset
=
4640 convert_to_section_size_type(branch_address
- view_address
);
4641 gold_assert((offset
+ 4) <= view_size
);
4643 arm_target
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround(stub
, stub_address
,
4644 view
+ offset
, branch_address
);
4648 // Arm_input_section methods.
4650 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
4652 template<bool big_endian
>
4654 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::init()
4656 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
4657 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
4659 // Cache these to speed up size and alignment queries. It is too slow
4660 // to call section_addraglin and section_size every time.
4661 this->original_addralign_
= relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
);
4662 this->original_size_
= relobj
->section_size(shndx
);
4664 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
4665 // output sections are finalized.
4666 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
4667 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
4668 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
4669 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
4670 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
4672 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
4673 this->finalize_data_size();
4676 template<bool big_endian
>
4678 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4680 // We have to write out the original section content.
4681 section_size_type section_size
;
4682 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
4683 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
4684 of
->write(this->offset(), section_contents
, section_size
);
4686 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
4687 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
4688 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
4691 // Finalize data size.
4693 template<bool big_endian
>
4695 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
4697 // If this owns a stub table, finalize its data size as well.
4698 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4700 uint64_t address
= this->address();
4702 // The stub table comes after the original section contents.
4703 address
+= this->original_size_
;
4704 address
= align_address(address
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
4705 off_t offset
= this->offset() + (address
- this->address());
4706 this->stub_table_
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
4707 address
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
4708 gold_assert(address
== this->address() + this->current_data_size());
4711 this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size());
4714 // Reset address and file offset.
4716 template<bool big_endian
>
4718 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
4720 // Size of the original input section contents.
4721 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
4723 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
4724 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
4726 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
4728 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
4729 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
4730 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
4731 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
4732 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
4735 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
4738 // Arm_exidx_cantunwind methods.
4740 // Write this to Output file OF for a fixed endianity.
4742 template<bool big_endian
>
4744 Arm_exidx_cantunwind::do_fixed_endian_write(Output_file
* of
)
4746 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4747 const section_size_type oview_size
= 8;
4748 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4750 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4751 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
);
4753 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj_
->output_section(this->shndx_
);
4754 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
4756 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
4757 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(this->relobj_
);
4758 Arm_address output_offset
=
4759 arm_relobj
->get_output_section_offset(this->shndx_
);
4760 Arm_address section_start
;
4761 if(output_offset
!= Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::invalid_address
)
4762 section_start
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
4765 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
4766 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
4767 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this->relobj_
, this->shndx_
);
4768 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
4769 section_start
= poris
->address();
4772 // We always append this to the end of an EXIDX section.
4773 Arm_address output_address
=
4774 section_start
+ this->relobj_
->section_size(this->shndx_
);
4776 // Write out the entry. The first word either points to the beginning
4777 // or after the end of a text section. The second word is the special
4778 // EXIDX_CANTUNWIND value.
4779 uint32_t prel31_offset
= output_address
- this->address();
4780 if (utils::has_overflow
<31>(offset
))
4781 gold_error(_("PREL31 overflow in EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry"));
4782 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, prel31_offset
& 0x7fffffffU
);
4783 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
);
4785 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4788 // Arm_exidx_merged_section methods.
4790 // Constructor for Arm_exidx_merged_section.
4791 // EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION points to the unmodified EXIDX input section.
4792 // SECTION_OFFSET_MAP points to a section offset map describing how
4793 // parts of the input section are mapped to output. DELETED_BYTES is
4794 // the number of bytes deleted from the EXIDX input section.
4796 Arm_exidx_merged_section::Arm_exidx_merged_section(
4797 const Arm_exidx_input_section
& exidx_input_section
,
4798 const Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
& section_offset_map
,
4799 uint32_t deleted_bytes
)
4800 : Output_relaxed_input_section(exidx_input_section
.relobj(),
4801 exidx_input_section
.shndx(),
4802 exidx_input_section
.addralign()),
4803 exidx_input_section_(exidx_input_section
),
4804 section_offset_map_(section_offset_map
)
4806 // Fix size here so that we do not need to implement set_final_data_size.
4807 this->set_data_size(exidx_input_section
.size() - deleted_bytes
);
4808 this->fix_data_size();
4811 // Given an input OBJECT, an input section index SHNDX within that
4812 // object, and an OFFSET relative to the start of that input
4813 // section, return whether or not the corresponding offset within
4814 // the output section is known. If this function returns true, it
4815 // sets *POUTPUT to the output offset. The value -1 indicates that
4816 // this input offset is being discarded.
4819 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_output_offset(
4820 const Relobj
* relobj
,
4822 section_offset_type offset
,
4823 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
4825 // We only handle offsets for the original EXIDX input section.
4826 if (relobj
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.relobj()
4827 || shndx
!= this->exidx_input_section_
.shndx())
4830 section_offset_type section_size
=
4831 convert_types
<section_offset_type
>(this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
4832 if (offset
< 0 || offset
>= section_size
)
4833 // Input offset is out of valid range.
4837 // We need to look up the section offset map to determine the output
4838 // offset. Find the reference point in map that is first offset
4839 // bigger than or equal to this offset.
4840 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
4841 this->section_offset_map_
.lower_bound(offset
);
4843 // The section offset maps are build such that this should not happen if
4844 // input offset is in the valid range.
4845 gold_assert(p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end());
4847 // We need to check if this is dropped.
4848 section_offset_type ref
= p
->first
;
4849 section_offset_type mapped_ref
= p
->second
;
4851 if (mapped_ref
!= Arm_exidx_input_section::invalid_offset
)
4852 // Offset is present in output.
4853 *poutput
= mapped_ref
+ (offset
- ref
);
4855 // Offset is discarded owing to EXIDX entry merging.
4862 // Write this to output file OF.
4865 Arm_exidx_merged_section::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4867 // If we retain or discard the whole EXIDX input section, we would
4869 gold_assert(this->data_size() != this->exidx_input_section_
.size()
4870 && this->data_size() != 0);
4872 off_t offset
= this->offset();
4873 const section_size_type oview_size
= this->data_size();
4874 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4876 Output_section
* os
= this->relobj()->output_section(this->shndx());
4877 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
4879 // Get contents of EXIDX input section.
4880 section_size_type section_size
;
4881 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
4882 this->relobj()->section_contents(this->shndx(), §ion_size
, false);
4883 gold_assert(section_size
== this->exidx_input_section_
.size());
4885 // Go over spans of input offsets and write only those that are not
4887 section_offset_type in_start
= 0;
4888 section_offset_type out_start
= 0;
4889 for(Arm_exidx_section_offset_map::const_iterator p
=
4890 this->section_offset_map_
.begin();
4891 p
!= this->section_offset_map_
.end();
4894 section_offset_type in_end
= p
->first
;
4895 gold_assert(in_end
>= in_start
);
4896 section_offset_type out_end
= p
->second
;
4897 size_t in_chunk_size
= convert_types
<size_t>(in_end
- in_start
+ 1);
4900 size_t out_chunk_size
=
4901 convert_types
<size_t>(out_end
- out_start
+ 1);
4902 gold_assert(out_chunk_size
== in_chunk_size
);
4903 memcpy(oview
+ out_start
, section_contents
+ in_start
,
4905 out_start
+= out_chunk_size
;
4907 in_start
+= in_chunk_size
;
4910 gold_assert(convert_to_section_size_type(out_start
) == oview_size
);
4911 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
4914 // Arm_exidx_fixup methods.
4916 // Append an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND in the current output section if the last entry
4917 // is not an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry already. The new EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry
4918 // points to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
4921 Arm_exidx_fixup::add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed()
4923 if (this->last_unwind_type_
!= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
4924 && this->last_input_section_
!= NULL
)
4926 Relobj
* relobj
= this->last_input_section_
->relobj();
4927 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->last_input_section_
->link();
4928 Arm_exidx_cantunwind
* cantunwind
=
4929 new Arm_exidx_cantunwind(relobj
, text_shndx
);
4930 this->exidx_output_section_
->add_output_section_data(cantunwind
);
4931 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
4935 // Process an EXIDX section entry in input. Return whether this entry
4936 // can be deleted in the output. SECOND_WORD in the second word of the
4940 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_entry(uint32_t second_word
)
4943 if (second_word
== elfcpp::EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
)
4945 // Merge if previous entry is also an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND.
4946 delete_entry
= this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
4947 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
;
4949 else if ((second_word
& 0x80000000) != 0)
4951 // Inlined unwinding data. Merge if equal to previous.
4952 delete_entry
= (this->last_unwind_type_
== UT_INLINED_ENTRY
4953 && this->last_inlined_entry_
== second_word
);
4954 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_INLINED_ENTRY
;
4955 this->last_inlined_entry_
= second_word
;
4959 // Normal table entry. In theory we could merge these too,
4960 // but duplicate entries are likely to be much less common.
4961 delete_entry
= false;
4962 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NORMAL_ENTRY
;
4964 return delete_entry
;
4967 // Update the current section offset map during EXIDX section fix-up.
4968 // If there is no map, create one. INPUT_OFFSET is the offset of a
4969 // reference point, DELETED_BYTES is the number of deleted by in the
4970 // section so far. If DELETE_ENTRY is true, the reference point and
4971 // all offsets after the previous reference point are discarded.
4974 Arm_exidx_fixup::update_offset_map(
4975 section_offset_type input_offset
,
4976 section_size_type deleted_bytes
,
4979 if (this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
)
4980 this->section_offset_map_
= new Arm_exidx_section_offset_map();
4981 section_offset_type output_offset
= (delete_entry
4983 : input_offset
- deleted_bytes
);
4984 (*this->section_offset_map_
)[input_offset
] = output_offset
;
4987 // Process EXIDX_INPUT_SECTION for EXIDX entry merging. Return the number of
4988 // bytes deleted. If some entries are merged, also store a pointer to a newly
4989 // created Arm_exidx_section_offset_map object in *PSECTION_OFFSET_MAP. The
4990 // caller owns the map and is responsible for releasing it after use.
4992 template<bool big_endian
>
4994 Arm_exidx_fixup::process_exidx_section(
4995 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
,
4996 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
** psection_offset_map
)
4998 Relobj
* relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
4999 unsigned shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5000 section_size_type section_size
;
5001 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
5002 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
5004 if ((section_size
% 8) != 0)
5006 // Something is wrong with this section. Better not touch it.
5007 gold_error(_("uneven .ARM.exidx section size in %s section %u"),
5008 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
);
5009 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5010 this->last_unwind_type_
= UT_NONE
;
5014 uint32_t deleted_bytes
= 0;
5015 bool prev_delete_entry
= false;
5016 gold_assert(this->section_offset_map_
== NULL
);
5018 for (section_size_type i
= 0; i
< section_size
; i
+= 8)
5020 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5022 reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(section_contents
+ i
+ 4);
5023 uint32_t second_word
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
5025 bool delete_entry
= this->process_exidx_entry(second_word
);
5027 // Entry deletion causes changes in output offsets. We use a std::map
5028 // to record these. And entry (x, y) means input offset x
5029 // is mapped to output offset y. If y is invalid_offset, then x is
5030 // dropped in the output. Because of the way std::map::lower_bound
5031 // works, we record the last offset in a region w.r.t to keeping or
5032 // dropping. If there is no entry (x0, y0) for an input offset x0,
5033 // the output offset y0 of it is determined by the output offset y1 of
5034 // the smallest input offset x1 > x0 that there is an (x1, y1) entry
5035 // in the map. If y1 is not -1, then y0 = y1 + x0 - x1. Othewise, y1
5037 if (delete_entry
!= prev_delete_entry
&& i
!= 0)
5038 this->update_offset_map(i
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5040 // Update total deleted bytes for this entry.
5044 prev_delete_entry
= delete_entry
;
5047 // If section offset map is not NULL, make an entry for the end of
5049 if (this->section_offset_map_
!= NULL
)
5050 update_offset_map(section_size
- 1, deleted_bytes
, prev_delete_entry
);
5052 *psection_offset_map
= this->section_offset_map_
;
5053 this->section_offset_map_
= NULL
;
5054 this->last_input_section_
= exidx_input_section
;
5056 return deleted_bytes
;
5059 // Arm_output_section methods.
5061 // Create a stub group for input sections from BEGIN to END. OWNER
5062 // points to the input section to be the owner a new stub table.
5064 template<bool big_endian
>
5066 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
5067 Input_section_list::const_iterator begin
,
5068 Input_section_list::const_iterator end
,
5069 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
5070 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
,
5071 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>* new_relaxed_sections
)
5073 // We use a different kind of relaxed section in an EXIDX section.
5074 // The static casting from Output_relaxed_input_section to
5075 // Arm_input_section is invalid in an EXIDX section. We are okay
5076 // because we should not be calling this for an EXIDX section.
5077 gold_assert(this->type() != elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5079 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
5080 // at this point but we may want to support creating relaxed input section
5081 // very early. So we check here to see if owner is already a relaxed
5084 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
;
5085 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5088 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_input_section(
5089 owner
->relaxed_input_section());
5093 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
5094 // Create a new relaxed input section.
5096 target
->new_arm_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
5097 new_relaxed_sections
->push_back(arm_input_section
);
5100 // Create a stub table.
5101 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5102 target
->new_stub_table(arm_input_section
);
5104 arm_input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
5106 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= begin
;
5107 Input_section_list::const_iterator prev_p
;
5109 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [begin ... end].
5112 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5114 // The stub table information for input sections live
5115 // in their objects.
5116 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5117 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5118 arm_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
5122 while (prev_p
!= end
);
5125 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit
5126 // of stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the
5127 // size is just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted
5128 // into a stub table. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add
5129 // input section after the stub table, effectively double the group size.
5131 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
5132 // implemented differently.
5134 template<bool big_endian
>
5136 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
5137 section_size_type group_size
,
5138 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5139 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* target
)
5141 // We only care about sections containing code.
5142 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5145 // States for grouping.
5148 // No group is being built.
5150 // A group is being built but the stub table is not found yet.
5151 // We keep group a stub group until the size is just under GROUP_SIZE.
5152 // The last input section in the group will be used as the stub table.
5153 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
5154 // A group is being built and we have already found a stub table.
5155 // We enter this state to grow a stub group by adding input section
5156 // after the stub table. This effectively doubles the group size.
5160 // Any newly created relaxed sections are stored here.
5161 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
5163 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
5164 section_size_type off
= 0;
5165 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
5166 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
5167 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
5168 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
5169 this->input_sections().end();
5170 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
5171 this->input_sections().end();
5172 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
5173 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5174 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5177 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
5178 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
5179 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
5180 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
5182 // Check to see if we should group the previously seens sections.
5188 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
5189 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
5190 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
5192 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
5194 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5195 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
5196 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5201 // But wait, there's more! Input sections up to
5202 // stub_group_size bytes after the stub table can be
5203 // handled by it too.
5204 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
5205 stub_table
= group_end
;
5206 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
5211 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
5212 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
5214 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
5216 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5217 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
5218 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5227 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
5228 // a new one. Skip any empty sections.
5229 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5230 && (p
->relobj()->section_size(p
->shndx()) != 0))
5232 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
5234 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
5236 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
5239 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
5241 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
5244 off
= section_end_offset
;
5247 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
5248 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
5250 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
5251 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
5252 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
5255 target
, &new_relaxed_sections
);
5258 // Convert input section into relaxed input section in a batch.
5259 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
5260 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
5262 // Update the section offsets
5263 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
5265 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5266 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(
5267 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
5268 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
5269 // Tell Arm_relobj that this input section is converted.
5270 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
5274 // Append non empty text sections in this to LIST in ascending
5275 // order of their position in this.
5277 template<bool big_endian
>
5279 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::append_text_sections_to_list(
5280 Text_section_list
* list
)
5282 // We only care about text sections.
5283 if ((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0)
5286 gold_assert((this->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) != 0);
5288 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
5289 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
5292 // We only care about plain or relaxed input sections. We also
5293 // ignore any merged sections.
5294 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
5295 && p
->data_size() != 0)
5296 list
->push_back(Text_section_list::value_type(p
->relobj(),
5301 template<bool big_endian
>
5303 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
5304 const Text_section_list
& sorted_text_sections
,
5305 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5307 // We should only do this for the EXIDX output section.
5308 gold_assert(this->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
);
5310 // We don't want the relaxation loop to undo these changes, so we discard
5311 // the current saved states and take another one after the fix-up.
5312 this->discard_states();
5314 // Remove all input sections.
5315 uint64_t address
= this->address();
5316 typedef std::list
<Simple_input_section
> Simple_input_section_list
;
5317 Simple_input_section_list input_sections
;
5318 this->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5319 this->get_input_sections(address
, std::string(""), &input_sections
);
5321 if (!this->input_sections().empty())
5322 gold_error(_("Found non-EXIDX input sections in EXIDX output section"));
5324 // Go through all the known input sections and record them.
5325 typedef Unordered_set
<Section_id
, Section_id_hash
> Section_id_set
;
5326 Section_id_set known_input_sections
;
5327 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5328 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5331 // This should never happen. At this point, we should only see
5332 // plain EXIDX input sections.
5333 gold_assert(!p
->is_relaxed_input_section());
5334 known_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()));
5337 Arm_exidx_fixup
exidx_fixup(this);
5339 // Go over the sorted text sections.
5340 Section_id_set processed_input_sections
;
5341 for (Text_section_list::const_iterator p
= sorted_text_sections
.begin();
5342 p
!= sorted_text_sections
.end();
5345 Relobj
* relobj
= p
->first
;
5346 unsigned int shndx
= p
->second
;
5348 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5349 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relobj
);
5350 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5351 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_link(shndx
);
5353 // If this text section has no EXIDX section, force an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND
5354 // entry pointing to the end of the last seen EXIDX section.
5355 if (exidx_input_section
== NULL
)
5357 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5361 Relobj
* exidx_relobj
= exidx_input_section
->relobj();
5362 unsigned int exidx_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->shndx();
5363 Section_id
sid(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5364 if (known_input_sections
.find(sid
) == known_input_sections
.end())
5366 // This is odd. We have not seen this EXIDX input section before.
5367 // We cannot do fix-up.
5368 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u of %s is not in EXIDX output section"),
5369 exidx_shndx
, exidx_relobj
->name().c_str());
5370 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5374 // Fix up coverage and append input section to output data list.
5375 Arm_exidx_section_offset_map
* section_offset_map
= NULL
;
5376 uint32_t deleted_bytes
=
5377 exidx_fixup
.process_exidx_section
<big_endian
>(exidx_input_section
,
5378 §ion_offset_map
);
5380 if (deleted_bytes
== exidx_input_section
->size())
5382 // The whole EXIDX section got merged. Remove it from output.
5383 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5384 exidx_relobj
->set_output_section(exidx_shndx
, NULL
);
5386 // All local symbols defined in this input section will be dropped.
5387 // We need to adjust output local symbol count.
5388 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5390 else if (deleted_bytes
> 0)
5392 // Some entries are merged. We need to convert this EXIDX input
5393 // section into a relaxed section.
5394 gold_assert(section_offset_map
!= NULL
);
5395 Arm_exidx_merged_section
* merged_section
=
5396 new Arm_exidx_merged_section(*exidx_input_section
,
5397 *section_offset_map
, deleted_bytes
);
5398 this->add_relaxed_input_section(merged_section
);
5399 arm_relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(exidx_shndx
);
5401 // All local symbols defined in discarded portions of this input
5402 // section will be dropped. We need to adjust output local symbol
5404 arm_relobj
->set_output_local_symbol_count_needs_update();
5408 // Just add back the EXIDX input section.
5409 gold_assert(section_offset_map
== NULL
);
5410 Output_section::Simple_input_section
sis(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
);
5411 this->add_simple_input_section(sis
, exidx_input_section
->size(),
5412 exidx_input_section
->addralign());
5415 processed_input_sections
.insert(Section_id(exidx_relobj
, exidx_shndx
));
5418 // Insert an EXIDX_CANTUNWIND entry at the end of output if necessary.
5419 exidx_fixup
.add_exidx_cantunwind_as_needed();
5421 // Remove any known EXIDX input sections that are not processed.
5422 for (Simple_input_section_list::const_iterator p
= input_sections
.begin();
5423 p
!= input_sections
.end();
5426 if (processed_input_sections
.find(Section_id(p
->relobj(), p
->shndx()))
5427 == processed_input_sections
.end())
5429 // We only discard a known EXIDX section because its linked
5430 // text section has been folded by ICF.
5431 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
5432 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(p
->relobj());
5433 const Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5434 arm_relobj
->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(p
->shndx());
5435 gold_assert(exidx_input_section
!= NULL
);
5436 unsigned int text_shndx
= exidx_input_section
->link();
5437 gold_assert(symtab
->is_section_folded(p
->relobj(), text_shndx
));
5439 // Remove this from link.
5440 p
->relobj()->set_output_section(p
->shndx(), NULL
);
5444 // Make changes permanent.
5445 this->save_states();
5446 this->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
5449 // Arm_relobj methods.
5451 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
5452 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5454 template<bool big_endian
>
5456 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
5457 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5458 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
5459 const Symbol_table
*symtab
,
5460 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
5462 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5463 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_REL
&& sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
5466 // Ignore empty section.
5467 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
5471 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
5472 // reported in the final link.
5473 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5474 if (index
>= this->shnum())
5477 // This relocation section is against a section which we
5478 // discarded or if the section is folded into another
5479 // section due to ICF.
5480 if (out_sections
[index
] == NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, index
))
5483 // Check the section to which relocations are applied. Ignore relocations
5484 // to unallocated sections or EXIDX sections.
5485 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5486 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> data_shdr(pshdrs
+ index
* shdr_size
);
5487 if ((data_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
5488 || data_shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
5491 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
5492 // error will be reported in the final link.
5493 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
5496 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5497 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5498 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5500 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5502 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
5503 // The error will be reported in the final link.
5504 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
5510 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for non-relocation stubs.
5511 // This is a helper for Arm_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs() below.
5513 template<bool big_endian
>
5515 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(
5516 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5519 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
5521 // We only scan non-empty code sections.
5522 if ((shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) == 0
5523 || shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0)
5526 // Ignore discarded or ICF'ed sections.
5527 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
))
5530 // Find output address of section.
5531 Arm_address address
= os
->output_address(this, shndx
, 0);
5533 // If the section does not cross any 4K-boundaries, it does not need to
5535 if ((address
& ~0xfffU
) == ((address
+ shdr
.get_sh_size() - 1) & ~0xfffU
))
5541 // Scan a section for Cortex-A8 workaround.
5543 template<bool big_endian
>
5545 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
5546 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
,
5549 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
)
5551 Arm_address output_address
= os
->output_address(this, shndx
, 0);
5553 // Get the section contents.
5554 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5555 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5556 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
5558 // We need to go through the mapping symbols to determine what to
5559 // scan. There are two reasons. First, we should look at THUMB code and
5560 // THUMB code only. Second, we only want to look at the 4K-page boundary
5561 // to speed up the scanning.
5563 // Look for the first mapping symbol in this section. It should be
5565 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
5566 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator p
=
5567 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
5569 if (p
== this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5570 || p
->first
!= section_start
)
5572 gold_warning(_("Cortex-A8 erratum scanning failed because there "
5573 "is no mapping symbols for section %u of %s"),
5574 shndx
, this->name().c_str());
5578 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5579 && p
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5581 typename
Mapping_symbols_info::const_iterator next
=
5582 this->mapping_symbols_info_
.upper_bound(p
->first
);
5584 // Only scan part of a section with THUMB code.
5585 if (p
->second
== 't')
5587 // Determine the end of this range.
5588 section_size_type span_start
=
5589 convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.second
);
5590 section_size_type span_end
;
5591 if (next
!= this->mapping_symbols_info_
.end()
5592 && next
->first
.first
== shndx
)
5593 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(next
->first
.second
);
5595 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
5597 if (((span_start
+ output_address
) & ~0xfffUL
)
5598 != ((span_end
+ output_address
- 1) & ~0xfffUL
))
5600 arm_target
->scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(this, shndx
,
5601 span_start
, span_end
,
5611 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
5613 template<bool big_endian
>
5615 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
5616 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
,
5617 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5618 const Layout
* layout
)
5620 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
5621 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5623 // Read the section headers.
5624 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
5628 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
5629 // input offsets to output addresses.
5630 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
5632 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
5634 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
5635 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
5636 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
5637 relinfo
.object
= this;
5639 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
5640 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
5641 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
5643 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
5644 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
5647 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
5648 Arm_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
5649 Arm_address output_address
;
5650 if(output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
5651 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
5654 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
5655 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
5656 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
5657 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
5658 output_address
= poris
->address();
5661 // Get the relocations.
5662 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
5666 // Get the section contents. This does work for the case in which
5667 // we modify the contents of an input section. We need to pass the
5668 // output view under such circumstances.
5669 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
5670 const unsigned char* input_view
=
5671 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
5673 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
5674 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
5675 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
5676 unsigned int reloc_size
;
5677 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
5678 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
5680 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rela_size
;
5682 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
5683 arm_target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
5684 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
5686 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
5687 input_view
, output_address
,
5692 // Do Cortex-A8 erratum stubs scanning. This has to be done for a section
5693 // after its relocation section, if there is one, is processed for
5694 // relocation stubs. Merging this loop with the one above would have been
5695 // complicated since we would have had to make sure that relocation stub
5696 // scanning is done first.
5697 if (arm_target
->fix_cortex_a8())
5699 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
5700 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
5702 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
5703 if (this->section_needs_cortex_a8_stub_scanning(shdr
, i
,
5706 this->scan_section_for_cortex_a8_erratum(shdr
, i
, out_sections
[i
],
5711 // After we've done the relocations, we release the hash tables,
5712 // since we no longer need them.
5713 this->free_input_to_output_maps();
5716 // Count the local symbols. The ARM backend needs to know if a symbol
5717 // is a THUMB function or not. For global symbols, it is easy because
5718 // the Symbol object keeps the ELF symbol type. For local symbol it is
5719 // harder because we cannot access this information. So we override the
5720 // do_count_local_symbol in parent and scan local symbols to mark
5721 // THUMB functions. This is not the most efficient way but I do not want to
5722 // slow down other ports by calling a per symbol targer hook inside
5723 // Sized_relobj<size, big_endian>::do_count_local_symbols.
5725 template<bool big_endian
>
5727 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
5728 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
,
5729 Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
5731 // We need to fix-up the values of any local symbols whose type are
5734 // Ask parent to count the local symbols.
5735 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
5736 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
5740 // Intialize the thumb function bit-vector.
5741 std::vector
<bool> empty_vector(loccount
, false);
5742 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
.swap(empty_vector
);
5744 // Read the symbol table section header.
5745 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
5746 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
5747 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
5748 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
5750 // Read the local symbols.
5751 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
5752 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
5753 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
5754 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
5755 locsize
, true, true);
5757 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
5758 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
5759 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
5761 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
5765 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
5766 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
5767 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
5769 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
5770 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
5773 const char* pnames
=
5774 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
5775 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
5778 // Loop over the local symbols and mark any local symbols pointing
5779 // to THUMB functions.
5781 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
5783 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Local_values
* plocal_values
=
5784 this->local_values();
5785 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
5787 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
5788 elfcpp::STT st_type
= sym
.get_st_type();
5789 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
5790 Arm_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
5792 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol.
5793 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
5794 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::is_mapping_symbol_name(sym_name
))
5796 unsigned int input_shndx
= sym
.get_st_shndx();
5798 // Strip of LSB in case this is a THUMB symbol.
5799 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
& ~1U);
5800 this->mapping_symbols_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
5803 if (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
5804 || (st_type
== elfcpp::STT_FUNC
&& ((input_value
& 1) != 0)))
5806 // This is a THUMB function. Mark this and canonicalize the
5807 // symbol value by setting LSB.
5808 this->local_symbol_is_thumb_function_
[i
] = true;
5809 if ((input_value
& 1) == 0)
5810 lv
.set_input_value(input_value
| 1);
5815 // Relocate sections.
5816 template<bool big_endian
>
5818 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
5819 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5820 const Layout
* layout
,
5821 const unsigned char* pshdrs
,
5822 typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
5824 // Call parent to relocate sections.
5825 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
, pshdrs
,
5828 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
5829 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
5832 // Relocate stub tables.
5833 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
5835 Target_arm
<big_endian
>* arm_target
=
5836 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::default_target();
5838 Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
> relinfo
;
5839 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
5840 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
5841 relinfo
.object
= this;
5843 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
5845 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
5846 arm_target
->find_arm_input_section(this, i
);
5848 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
5849 && arm_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
5850 && !arm_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
5852 // We cannot discard a section if it owns a stub table.
5853 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
5854 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5856 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
5857 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
5858 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
5859 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5861 gold_assert((*pviews
)[i
].view
!= NULL
);
5863 // We are passed the output section view. Adjust it to cover the
5865 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= arm_input_section
->stub_table();
5866 gold_assert((stub_table
->address() >= (*pviews
)[i
].address
)
5867 && ((stub_table
->address() + stub_table
->data_size())
5868 <= (*pviews
)[i
].address
+ (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
));
5870 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
5871 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
+ offset
;
5872 Arm_address address
= stub_table
->address();
5873 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
5875 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, arm_target
, os
, view
, address
,
5879 // Apply Cortex A8 workaround if applicable.
5880 if (this->section_has_cortex_a8_workaround(i
))
5882 unsigned char* view
= (*pviews
)[i
].view
;
5883 Arm_address view_address
= (*pviews
)[i
].address
;
5884 section_size_type view_size
= (*pviews
)[i
].view_size
;
5885 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
= this->stub_tables_
[i
];
5887 // Adjust view to cover section.
5888 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
5889 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
5890 Arm_address section_address
= os
->output_address(this, i
, 0);
5891 uint64_t section_size
= this->section_size(i
);
5893 gold_assert(section_address
>= view_address
5894 && ((section_address
+ section_size
)
5895 <= (view_address
+ view_size
)));
5897 unsigned char* section_view
= view
+ (section_address
- view_address
);
5899 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround to the output address range
5900 // corresponding to this input section.
5901 stub_table
->apply_cortex_a8_workaround_to_address_range(
5910 // Create a new EXIDX input section object for EXIDX section SHNDX with
5913 template<bool big_endian
>
5915 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::make_exidx_input_section(
5917 const elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>& shdr
)
5919 // Link .text section to its .ARM.exidx section in the same object.
5920 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
5922 // Issue an error and ignore this EXIDX section if it does not point
5923 // to any text section.
5924 if (text_shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
5926 gold_error(_("EXIDX section %u in %s has no linked text section"),
5927 shndx
, this->name().c_str());
5931 // Issue an error and ignore this EXIDX section if it points to a text
5932 // section already has an EXIDX section.
5933 if (this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] != NULL
)
5935 gold_error(_("EXIDX sections %u and %u both link to text section %u "
5937 shndx
, this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
]->shndx(),
5938 text_shndx
, this->name().c_str());
5942 // Create an Arm_exidx_input_section object for this EXIDX section.
5943 Arm_exidx_input_section
* exidx_input_section
=
5944 new Arm_exidx_input_section(this, shndx
, text_shndx
, shdr
.get_sh_size(),
5945 shdr
.get_sh_addralign());
5946 this->exidx_section_map_
[text_shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
5948 // Also map the EXIDX section index to this.
5949 gold_assert(this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] == NULL
);
5950 this->exidx_section_map_
[shndx
] = exidx_input_section
;
5953 // Read the symbol information.
5955 template<bool big_endian
>
5957 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
5959 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
5960 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
5962 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
5963 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
5964 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
5966 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
5967 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
5969 // Go over the section headers and look for .ARM.attributes and .ARM.exidx
5971 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
5972 const unsigned char *ps
=
5973 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
;
5974 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< this->shnum(); ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
5976 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
5977 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
5979 gold_assert(this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
);
5980 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
5981 section_size_type section_size
=
5982 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
5983 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
5984 section_size
, true, false);
5985 this->attributes_section_data_
=
5986 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
5988 else if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
5989 this->make_exidx_input_section(i
, shdr
);
5993 // Process relocations for garbage collection. The ARM target uses .ARM.exidx
5994 // sections for unwinding. These sections are referenced implicitly by
5995 // text sections linked in the section headers. If we ignore these implict
5996 // references, the .ARM.exidx sections and any .ARM.extab sections they use
5997 // will be garbage-collected incorrectly. Hence we override the same function
5998 // in the base class to handle these implicit references.
6000 template<bool big_endian
>
6002 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6004 Read_relocs_data
* rd
)
6006 // First, call base class method to process relocations in this object.
6007 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_gc_process_relocs(symtab
, layout
, rd
);
6009 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6010 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6011 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
6015 // Scan section headers for sections of type SHT_ARM_EXIDX. Add references
6016 // to these from the linked text sections.
6017 const unsigned char* ps
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
6018 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, ps
+= shdr_size
)
6020 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6021 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
6023 // Found an .ARM.exidx section, add it to the set of reachable
6024 // sections from its linked text section.
6025 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link());
6026 symtab
->gc()->add_reference(this, text_shndx
, this, i
);
6031 // Update output local symbol count. Owing to EXIDX entry merging, some local
6032 // symbols will be removed in output. Adjust output local symbol count
6033 // accordingly. We can only changed the static output local symbol count. It
6034 // is too late to change the dynamic symbols.
6036 template<bool big_endian
>
6038 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::update_output_local_symbol_count()
6040 // Caller should check that this needs updating. We want caller checking
6041 // because output_local_symbol_count_needs_update() is most likely inlined.
6042 gold_assert(this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
);
6044 gold_assert(this->symtab_shndx() != -1U);
6045 if (this->symtab_shndx() == 0)
6047 // This object has no symbols. Weird but legal.
6051 // Read the symbol table section header.
6052 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
6053 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
>
6054 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
6055 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
6057 // Read the local symbols.
6058 const int sym_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::sym_size
;
6059 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
6060 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
6061 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
6062 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
6063 locsize
, true, true);
6065 // Loop over the local symbols.
6067 typedef typename Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>::Output_sections
6069 const Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
6070 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
6071 unsigned int count
= 0;
6072 // Skip the first, dummy, symbol.
6074 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
6076 elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
6078 Symbol_value
<32>& lv((*this->local_values())[i
]);
6080 // This local symbol was already discarded by do_count_local_symbols.
6081 if (!lv
.needs_output_symtab_entry())
6085 unsigned int shndx
= this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(),
6090 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[shndx
];
6092 // This local symbol no longer has an output section. Discard it.
6095 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6099 // Currently we only discard parts of EXIDX input sections.
6100 // We explicitly check for a merged EXIDX input section to avoid
6101 // calling Output_section_data::output_offset unless necessary.
6102 if ((this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
) == invalid_address
)
6103 && (this->exidx_input_section_by_shndx(shndx
) != NULL
))
6105 section_offset_type output_offset
=
6106 os
->output_offset(this, shndx
, lv
.input_value());
6107 if (output_offset
== -1)
6109 // This symbol is defined in a part of an EXIDX input section
6110 // that is discarded due to entry merging.
6111 lv
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
6120 this->set_output_local_symbol_count(count
);
6121 this->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update_
= false;
6124 // Arm_dynobj methods.
6126 // Read the symbol information.
6128 template<bool big_endian
>
6130 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(Read_symbols_data
* sd
)
6132 // Call parent class to read symbol information.
6133 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>::do_read_symbols(sd
);
6135 // Read processor-specific flags in ELF file header.
6136 const unsigned char* pehdr
= this->get_view(elfcpp::file_header_offset
,
6137 elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
,
6139 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(pehdr
);
6140 this->processor_specific_flags_
= ehdr
.get_e_flags();
6142 // Read the attributes section if there is one.
6143 // We read from the end because gas seems to put it near the end of
6144 // the section headers.
6145 const size_t shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::shdr_size
;
6146 const unsigned char *ps
=
6147 sd
->section_headers
->data() + shdr_size
* (this->shnum() - 1);
6148 for (unsigned int i
= this->shnum(); i
> 0; --i
, ps
-= shdr_size
)
6150 elfcpp::Shdr
<32, big_endian
> shdr(ps
);
6151 if (shdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
)
6153 section_offset_type section_offset
= shdr
.get_sh_offset();
6154 section_size_type section_size
=
6155 convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
6156 File_view
* view
= this->get_lasting_view(section_offset
,
6157 section_size
, true, false);
6158 this->attributes_section_data_
=
6159 new Attributes_section_data(view
->data(), section_size
);
6165 // Stub_addend_reader methods.
6167 // Read the addend of a REL relocation of type R_TYPE at VIEW.
6169 template<bool big_endian
>
6170 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword
6171 Stub_addend_reader
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, big_endian
>::operator()(
6172 unsigned int r_type
,
6173 const unsigned char* view
,
6174 const typename Reloc_types
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc
&) const
6176 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
6180 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
6181 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
6182 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
6184 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6185 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6186 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6187 return utils::sign_extend
<26>(val
<< 2);
6190 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
6191 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
6192 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
6194 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6195 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6196 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6197 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6198 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6201 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
6203 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
6204 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
);
6205 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
6206 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
6207 return RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
, lower_insn
);
6215 // A class to handle the PLT data.
6217 template<bool big_endian
>
6218 class Output_data_plt_arm
: public Output_section_data
6221 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
, true, 32, big_endian
>
6224 Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
*, Output_data_space
*);
6226 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6228 add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
);
6230 // Return the .rel.plt section data.
6231 const Reloc_section
*
6233 { return this->rel_
; }
6237 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
6239 // Write to a map file.
6241 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
6242 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
6245 // Template for the first PLT entry.
6246 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[5];
6248 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
6249 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[3];
6251 // Set the final size.
6253 set_final_data_size()
6255 this->set_data_size(sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
6256 + this->count_
* sizeof(plt_entry
));
6259 // Write out the PLT data.
6261 do_write(Output_file
*);
6263 // The reloc section.
6264 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
6265 // The .got.plt section.
6266 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
6267 // The number of PLT entries.
6268 unsigned int count_
;
6271 // Create the PLT section. The ordinary .got section is an argument,
6272 // since we need to refer to the start. We also create our own .got
6273 // section just for PLT entries.
6275 template<bool big_endian
>
6276 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::Output_data_plt_arm(Layout
* layout
,
6277 Output_data_space
* got_plt
)
6278 : Output_section_data(4), got_plt_(got_plt
), count_(0)
6280 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
6281 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rel.plt", elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
6282 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
, true, false,
6286 template<bool big_endian
>
6288 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
)
6293 // Add an entry to the PLT.
6295 template<bool big_endian
>
6297 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol
* gsym
)
6299 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
6301 // Note that when setting the PLT offset we skip the initial
6302 // reserved PLT entry.
6303 gsym
->set_plt_offset((this->count_
) * sizeof(plt_entry
)
6304 + sizeof(first_plt_entry
));
6308 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
6310 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
6311 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
6312 // lazily when the function is called).
6313 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ 4);
6315 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
6316 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
6317 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
6320 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
6321 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
6322 // appear in the relocations.
6326 // FIXME: This is not very flexible. Right now this has only been tested
6327 // on armv5te. If we are to support additional architecture features like
6328 // Thumb-2 or BE8, we need to make this more flexible like GNU ld.
6330 // The first entry in the PLT.
6331 template<bool big_endian
>
6332 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::first_plt_entry
[5] =
6334 0xe52de004, // str lr, [sp, #-4]!
6335 0xe59fe004, // ldr lr, [pc, #4]
6336 0xe08fe00e, // add lr, pc, lr
6337 0xe5bef008, // ldr pc, [lr, #8]!
6338 0x00000000, // &GOT[0] - .
6341 // Subsequent entries in the PLT.
6343 template<bool big_endian
>
6344 const uint32_t Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::plt_entry
[3] =
6346 0xe28fc600, // add ip, pc, #0xNN00000
6347 0xe28cca00, // add ip, ip, #0xNN000
6348 0xe5bcf000, // ldr pc, [ip, #0xNNN]!
6351 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
6352 // and adjusts them as needed. This is all specified by the arm ELF
6353 // Processor Supplement.
6355 template<bool big_endian
>
6357 Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
6359 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
6360 const section_size_type oview_size
=
6361 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
6362 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
6364 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
6365 const section_size_type got_size
=
6366 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size());
6367 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
6369 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
6371 Arm_address plt_address
= this->address();
6372 Arm_address got_address
= this->got_plt_
->address();
6374 // Write first PLT entry. All but the last word are constants.
6375 const size_t num_first_plt_words
= (sizeof(first_plt_entry
)
6376 / sizeof(plt_entry
[0]));
6377 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< num_first_plt_words
- 1; i
++)
6378 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ i
* 4, first_plt_entry
[i
]);
6379 // Last word in first PLT entry is &GOT[0] - .
6380 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 16,
6381 got_address
- (plt_address
+ 16));
6382 pov
+= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
6384 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
6386 memset(got_pov
, 0, 12);
6389 const int rel_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
;
6390 unsigned int plt_offset
= sizeof(first_plt_entry
);
6391 unsigned int plt_rel_offset
= 0;
6392 unsigned int got_offset
= 12;
6393 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
;
6394 for (unsigned int i
= 0;
6397 pov
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
6399 plt_offset
+= sizeof(plt_entry
),
6400 plt_rel_offset
+= rel_size
,
6403 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
6404 int32_t offset
= ((got_address
+ got_offset
)
6405 - (plt_address
+ plt_offset
+ 8));
6407 gold_assert(offset
>= 0 && offset
< 0x0fffffff);
6408 uint32_t plt_insn0
= plt_entry
[0] | ((offset
>> 20) & 0xff);
6409 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
, plt_insn0
);
6410 uint32_t plt_insn1
= plt_entry
[1] | ((offset
>> 12) & 0xff);
6411 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 4, plt_insn1
);
6412 uint32_t plt_insn2
= plt_entry
[2] | (offset
& 0xfff);
6413 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(pov
+ 8, plt_insn2
);
6415 // Set the entry in the GOT.
6416 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
6419 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
6420 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
6422 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
6423 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
6426 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
6428 template<bool big_endian
>
6430 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
6433 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
6436 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
6438 // Create the GOT sections first.
6439 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6441 this->plt_
= new Output_data_plt_arm
<big_endian
>(layout
, this->got_plt_
);
6442 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
6444 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
6445 this->plt_
, false, false, false, false);
6447 this->plt_
->add_entry(gsym
);
6450 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
6452 template<bool big_endian
>
6454 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
6455 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6456 unsigned int r_type
)
6458 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
6459 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
6462 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
6463 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error. The GNU linker
6464 // only issues a non-PIC error for an allocated read-only section.
6465 // Here we know the section is allocated, but we don't know that it is
6466 // read-only. But we check for all the relocation types which the
6467 // glibc dynamic linker supports, so it seems appropriate to issue an
6468 // error even if the section is not read-only.
6470 template<bool big_endian
>
6472 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
6473 unsigned int r_type
)
6477 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for ARM.
6478 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
6479 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
6480 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
6481 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
6482 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
6483 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
6484 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
6485 // FIXME: The following 3 types are not supported by Android's dynamic
6487 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPMOD32
:
6488 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_DTPOFF32
:
6489 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TLS_TPOFF32
:
6493 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
6494 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
6495 // error per object file.
6496 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
6498 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc; "
6499 "recompile with -fPIC"));
6500 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
6503 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
6508 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
6509 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
6510 // on ARM v5te devices.
6512 template<bool big_endian
>
6514 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::local(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6517 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6518 unsigned int data_shndx
,
6519 Output_section
* output_section
,
6520 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
6521 unsigned int r_type
,
6522 const elfcpp::Sym
<32, big_endian
>&)
6524 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
6527 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
6530 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
6531 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
6532 // If building a shared library (or a position-independent
6533 // executable), we need to create a dynamic relocation for
6534 // this location. The relocation applied at link time will
6535 // apply the link-time value, so we flag the location with
6536 // an R_ARM_RELATIVE relocation so the dynamic loader can
6537 // relocate it easily.
6538 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
6540 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
6541 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
6542 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
6543 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
6544 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
6545 output_section
, data_shndx
,
6546 reloc
.get_r_offset());
6550 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
6551 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
6552 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
6553 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
6554 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
6555 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
6556 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
6557 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
6558 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
6559 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
6560 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
6561 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
6562 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
6563 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
6564 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
6565 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
6566 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
6567 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
6568 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
6569 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
6570 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
6571 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
6572 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
6573 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
6574 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
6575 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
6576 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
6577 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
6578 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
6579 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
6580 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
6581 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
6582 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
6583 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
6584 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
6585 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
6586 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
6587 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
6588 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
6589 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
6590 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
6591 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
6592 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
6593 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
6594 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
6595 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
6596 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
6597 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
6598 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
6599 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
6600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
6601 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
6602 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
6603 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
6604 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
6605 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
6606 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
6607 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
6608 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
6611 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
6612 // We need a GOT section:
6613 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6616 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
6617 // FIXME: What about this?
6620 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
6621 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
6623 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
6624 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>* got
=
6625 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6626 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
6627 if (got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
6629 // If we are generating a shared object, we need to add a
6630 // dynamic RELATIVE relocation for this symbol's GOT entry.
6631 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
6633 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
6634 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(reloc
.get_r_info());
6635 rel_dyn
->add_local_relative(
6636 object
, r_sym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
6637 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
6643 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
6644 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
6646 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
6647 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
6648 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
6649 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
6650 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
6651 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
6652 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
6653 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
6657 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
6662 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
6664 template<bool big_endian
>
6666 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
6667 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6668 unsigned int r_type
,
6671 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
6672 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
6675 // Scan a relocation for a global symbol.
6676 // FIXME: This only handles a subset of relocation types used by Android
6677 // on ARM v5te devices.
6679 template<bool big_endian
>
6681 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::global(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6684 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6685 unsigned int data_shndx
,
6686 Output_section
* output_section
,
6687 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& reloc
,
6688 unsigned int r_type
,
6691 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
6694 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
6697 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
6698 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
6700 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
6701 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
))
6703 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
6705 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
6706 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
6708 else if (gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
6710 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
6711 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
6712 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
6713 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
,
6714 output_section
, object
,
6715 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
6719 // If we are to add more other reloc types than R_ARM_ABS32,
6720 // we need to add check_non_pic(object, r_type) here.
6721 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
6722 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
6723 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
6729 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
6730 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
6731 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
6732 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
6733 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
6734 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
6735 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
6736 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
6737 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
6738 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
6739 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
6740 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
6741 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
6742 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
6743 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
6744 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
6745 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
6746 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
6747 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
6748 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
6749 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
6750 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
6751 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
6752 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
6753 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
6754 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
6755 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
6756 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
6757 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
6758 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
6759 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
6760 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
6761 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
6762 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
6763 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
6764 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
6765 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
6766 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
6767 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
6768 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
6769 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
6770 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
6771 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
6772 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
6773 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
6774 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
6777 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
6778 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
6779 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
6780 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
6781 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
6783 // No dynamic relocs of this kinds.
6784 // Report the error in case of PIC.
6785 int flags
= Symbol::NON_PIC_REF
;
6786 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
6787 || gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
6788 flags
|= Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
;
6789 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags
))
6790 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
6794 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
6797 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
6799 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
6800 int flags
= Symbol::NON_PIC_REF
;
6801 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(flags
))
6803 if (target
->may_need_copy_reloc(gsym
))
6805 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
6806 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, reloc
);
6810 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
6811 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
6812 rel_dyn
->add_global(gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
6813 data_shndx
, reloc
.get_r_offset());
6819 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
6820 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
6821 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
6822 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
6823 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
6825 if (Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan::symbol_needs_plt_entry(gsym
))
6826 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
6829 // Check to see if this is a function that would need a PLT
6830 // but does not get one because the function symbol is untyped.
6831 // This happens in assembly code missing a proper .type directive.
6832 if ((!gsym
->is_undefined() || parameters
->options().shared())
6833 && !parameters
->doing_static_link()
6834 && gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE
6835 && (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
6836 || gsym
->is_undefined()
6837 || gsym
->is_preemptible()))
6838 gold_error(_("%s is not a function."),
6839 gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
6843 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
6844 // If the symbol is fully resolved, this is just a relative
6845 // local reloc. Otherwise we need a PLT entry.
6846 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
6848 // If building a shared library, we can also skip the PLT entry
6849 // if the symbol is defined in the output file and is protected
6851 if (gsym
->is_defined()
6852 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
6853 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
6855 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
6858 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
6859 // We need a GOT section.
6860 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6863 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
6864 // FIXME: What about this?
6867 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
6868 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
6870 // The symbol requires a GOT entry.
6871 Output_data_got
<32, big_endian
>* got
=
6872 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6873 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
6874 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
6877 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a
6878 // GOT entry with a dynamic relocation.
6879 Reloc_section
* rel_dyn
= target
->rel_dyn_section(layout
);
6880 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
6881 || gsym
->is_undefined()
6882 || gsym
->is_preemptible())
6883 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
6884 rel_dyn
, elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
);
6887 if (got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
))
6888 rel_dyn
->add_global_relative(
6889 gsym
, elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
, got
,
6890 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
6896 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
6897 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
6899 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
6900 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
6901 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
6902 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
6903 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
6904 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
6905 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
6906 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
6910 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
6915 // Process relocations for gc.
6917 template<bool big_endian
>
6919 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6921 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6922 unsigned int data_shndx
,
6924 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
6926 Output_section
* output_section
,
6927 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
6928 size_t local_symbol_count
,
6929 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
6931 typedef Target_arm
<big_endian
> Arm
;
6932 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
6934 gold::gc_process_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
6943 needs_special_offset_handling
,
6948 // Scan relocations for a section.
6950 template<bool big_endian
>
6952 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6954 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
6955 unsigned int data_shndx
,
6956 unsigned int sh_type
,
6957 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
6959 Output_section
* output_section
,
6960 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
6961 size_t local_symbol_count
,
6962 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
6964 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Scan Scan
;
6965 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
6967 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported RELA reloc section"),
6968 object
->name().c_str());
6972 gold::scan_relocs
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
, Scan
>(
6981 needs_special_offset_handling
,
6986 // Finalize the sections.
6988 template<bool big_endian
>
6990 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
6992 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
6993 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6995 // Merge processor-specific flags.
6996 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
6997 p
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
7000 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
7001 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*p
);
7002 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7004 arm_relobj
->processor_specific_flags());
7005 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_relobj
->name().c_str(),
7006 arm_relobj
->attributes_section_data());
7010 for (Input_objects::Dynobj_iterator p
= input_objects
->dynobj_begin();
7011 p
!= input_objects
->dynobj_end();
7014 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>* arm_dynobj
=
7015 Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_dynobj(*p
);
7016 this->merge_processor_specific_flags(
7018 arm_dynobj
->processor_specific_flags());
7019 this->merge_object_attributes(arm_dynobj
->name().c_str(),
7020 arm_dynobj
->attributes_section_data());
7024 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_attr
=
7025 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
);
7026 if (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() > elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V4
)
7027 this->set_may_use_blx(true);
7029 // Check if we need to use Cortex-A8 workaround.
7030 if (parameters
->options().user_set_fix_cortex_a8())
7031 this->fix_cortex_a8_
= parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a8();
7034 // If neither --fix-cortex-a8 nor --no-fix-cortex-a8 is used, turn on
7035 // Cortex-A8 erratum workaround for ARMv7-A or ARMv7 with unknown
7037 const Object_attribute
* cpu_arch_profile_attr
=
7038 this->get_aeabi_object_attribute(elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
);
7039 this->fix_cortex_a8_
=
7040 (cpu_arch_attr
->int_value() == elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V7
7041 && (cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 'A'
7042 || cpu_arch_profile_attr
->int_value() == 0));
7045 // Check if we can use V4BX interworking.
7046 // The V4BX interworking stub contains BX instruction,
7047 // which is not specified for some profiles.
7048 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
7049 && !this->may_use_blx())
7050 gold_error(_("unable to provide V4BX reloc interworking fix up; "
7051 "the target profile does not support BX instruction"));
7053 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
7054 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
7056 : this->plt_
->rel_plt());
7057 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(true, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
7058 this->rel_dyn_
, true);
7060 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
7062 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
7063 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rel_dyn_section(layout
));
7065 // Handle the .ARM.exidx section.
7066 Output_section
* exidx_section
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
7067 if (exidx_section
!= NULL
7068 && exidx_section
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
7069 && !parameters
->options().relocatable())
7071 // Create __exidx_start and __exdix_end symbols.
7072 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_start", NULL
,
7073 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7074 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
7075 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7077 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__exidx_end", NULL
,
7078 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
7079 exidx_section
, 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
7080 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
7083 // For the ARM target, we need to add a PT_ARM_EXIDX segment for
7084 // the .ARM.exidx section.
7085 if (!layout
->script_options()->saw_phdrs_clause())
7087 gold_assert(layout
->find_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, 0, 0)
7089 Output_segment
* exidx_segment
=
7090 layout
->make_output_segment(elfcpp::PT_ARM_EXIDX
, elfcpp::PF_R
);
7091 exidx_segment
->add_output_section(exidx_section
, elfcpp::PF_R
,
7096 // Create an .ARM.attributes section if there is not one already.
7097 Output_attributes_section_data
* attributes_section
=
7098 new Output_attributes_section_data(*this->attributes_section_data_
);
7099 layout
->add_output_section_data(".ARM.attributes",
7100 elfcpp::SHT_ARM_ATTRIBUTES
, 0,
7101 attributes_section
, false, false, false,
7105 // Return whether a direct absolute static relocation needs to be applied.
7106 // In cases where Scan::local() or Scan::global() has created
7107 // a dynamic relocation other than R_ARM_RELATIVE, the addend
7108 // of the relocation is carried in the data, and we must not
7109 // apply the static relocation.
7111 template<bool big_endian
>
7113 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::should_apply_static_reloc(
7114 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
7117 Output_section
* output_section
)
7119 // If the output section is not allocated, then we didn't call
7120 // scan_relocs, we didn't create a dynamic reloc, and we must apply
7122 if ((output_section
->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0)
7125 // For local symbols, we will have created a non-RELATIVE dynamic
7126 // relocation only if (a) the output is position independent,
7127 // (b) the relocation is absolute (not pc- or segment-relative), and
7128 // (c) the relocation is not 32 bits wide.
7130 return !(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
7131 && (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
7134 // For global symbols, we use the same helper routines used in the
7135 // scan pass. If we did not create a dynamic relocation, or if we
7136 // created a RELATIVE dynamic relocation, we should apply the static
7138 bool has_dyn
= gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(ref_flags
);
7139 bool is_rel
= (ref_flags
& Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
)
7140 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(ref_flags
7141 & Symbol::FUNCTION_CALL
);
7142 return !has_dyn
|| is_rel
;
7145 // Perform a relocation.
7147 template<bool big_endian
>
7149 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
7150 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
7152 Output_section
*output_section
,
7154 const elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
>& rel
,
7155 unsigned int r_type
,
7156 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
7157 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
7158 unsigned char* view
,
7159 Arm_address address
,
7160 section_size_type
/* view_size */ )
7162 typedef Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> Arm_relocate_functions
;
7164 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7166 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* object
=
7167 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
7169 // If the final branch target of a relocation is THUMB instruction, this
7170 // is 1. Otherwise it is 0.
7171 Arm_address thumb_bit
= 0;
7172 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
7173 bool is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= false;
7174 if (relnum
!= Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fake_relnum_for_stubs
)
7178 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
7179 // final target is THUMB.
7180 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
7182 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
7183 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_section()->address()
7184 + gsym
->plt_offset());
7187 else if (gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
7189 // This is a weakly undefined symbol and we do not use PLT
7190 // for this relocation. A branch targeting this symbol will
7191 // be converted into an NOP.
7192 is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
= true;
7196 // Set thumb bit if symbol:
7197 // -Has type STT_ARM_TFUNC or
7198 // -Has type STT_FUNC, is defined and with LSB in value set.
7200 (((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
7201 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
7202 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
7203 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0)))
7210 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
7211 // We saved this information when all the local symbols were read.
7212 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= rel
.get_r_info();
7213 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
7214 thumb_bit
= object
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
) ? 1 : 0;
7219 // This is a fake relocation synthesized for a stub. It does not have
7220 // a real symbol. We just look at the LSB of the symbol value to
7221 // determine if the target is THUMB or not.
7222 thumb_bit
= ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0);
7225 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
7227 && Target_arm
<big_endian
>::reloc_uses_thumb_bit(r_type
)
7228 && ((psymval
->value(object
, 0) & 1) != 0))
7230 Arm_address stripped_value
=
7231 psymval
->value(object
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
7232 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
7236 // Get the GOT offset if needed.
7237 // The GOT pointer points to the end of the GOT section.
7238 // We need to subtract the size of the GOT section to get
7239 // the actual offset to use in the relocation.
7240 bool have_got_offset
= false;
7241 unsigned int got_offset
= 0;
7244 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7245 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7248 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7249 got_offset
= (gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
7250 - target
->got_size());
7254 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
7255 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
7256 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
7257 - target
->got_size());
7259 have_got_offset
= true;
7266 // To look up relocation stubs, we need to pass the symbol table index of
7268 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(rel
.get_r_info());
7270 // Get the addressing origin of the output segment defining the
7271 // symbol gsym if needed (AAELF 4.6.1.2 Relocation types).
7272 Arm_address sym_origin
= 0;
7273 if (Relocate::reloc_needs_sym_origin(r_type
))
7275 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
&& gsym
== NULL
)
7276 // R_ARM_BASE_ABS with the NULL symbol will give the
7277 // absolute address of the GOT origin (GOT_ORG) (see ARM IHI
7278 // 0044C (AAELF): 4.6.1.8 Proxy generating relocations).
7279 sym_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
7280 else if (gsym
== NULL
)
7282 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_SEGMENT
)
7283 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_segment()->vaddr();
7284 else if (gsym
->source() == Symbol::IN_OUTPUT_DATA
)
7285 sym_origin
= gsym
->output_data()->address();
7287 // TODO: Assumes the segment base to be zero for the global symbols
7288 // till the proper support for the segment-base-relative addressing
7289 // will be implemented. This is consistent with GNU ld.
7292 typename
Arm_relocate_functions::Status reloc_status
=
7293 Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
;
7296 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7299 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7300 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
7302 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs8(view
, object
, psymval
);
7305 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7306 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
7308 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs12(view
, object
, psymval
);
7311 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7312 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
7314 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs16(view
, object
, psymval
);
7317 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7318 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
7320 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
7324 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7325 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
7327 // No thumb bit for this relocation: (S + A)
7328 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::abs32(view
, object
, psymval
,
7332 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7333 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
7335 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw_abs_nc(view
, object
,
7339 gold_error(_("relocation R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC cannot be used when making"
7340 "a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"));
7343 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7344 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
7346 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt_abs(view
, object
, psymval
);
7348 gold_error(_("relocation R_ARM_MOVT_ABS cannot be used when making"
7349 "a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"));
7352 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7353 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
7355 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw_abs_nc(view
, object
,
7359 gold_error(_("relocation R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC cannot be used when"
7360 "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"));
7363 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7364 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
7366 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt_abs(view
, object
,
7369 gold_error(_("relocation R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS cannot be used when"
7370 "making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"));
7373 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7374 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw_rel_nc(view
, object
,
7379 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7380 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw_rel_nc(view
, object
,
7381 psymval
, sym_origin
,
7385 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7386 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movw_rel(view
, object
,
7387 psymval
, sym_origin
,
7391 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7392 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt_rel(view
, object
,
7396 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7397 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::movt_rel(view
, object
,
7398 psymval
, sym_origin
);
7401 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7402 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw_rel_nc(view
, object
,
7407 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7408 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw_rel_nc(view
, object
,
7414 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7415 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movw_rel(view
, object
,
7416 psymval
, sym_origin
,
7420 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7421 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt_rel(view
, object
,
7425 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7426 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_movt_rel(view
, object
,
7427 psymval
, sym_origin
);
7430 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7431 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
7432 address
, thumb_bit
);
7435 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7436 if (should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, false,
7438 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::thm_abs5(view
, object
, psymval
);
7441 // Thumb long branches.
7442 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7443 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
7444 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
7446 Arm_relocate_functions::thumb_branch_common(
7447 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
7448 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
7451 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7453 Arm_address got_origin
;
7454 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
7455 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::rel32(view
, object
, psymval
,
7456 got_origin
, thumb_bit
);
7460 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7461 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
7463 Arm_relocate_functions::base_prel(view
, sym_origin
, address
);
7466 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7468 if (!should_apply_static_reloc(gsym
, Symbol::ABSOLUTE_REF
, true,
7472 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::base_abs(view
, sym_origin
);
7476 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7477 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
7478 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_brel(view
, got_offset
);
7481 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7482 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
7483 // Get the address origin for GOT PLT, which is allocated right
7484 // after the GOT section, to calculate an absolute address of
7485 // the symbol GOT entry (got_origin + got_offset).
7486 Arm_address got_origin
;
7487 got_origin
= target
->got_plt_section()->address();
7488 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::got_prel(view
,
7489 got_origin
+ got_offset
,
7493 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7494 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7495 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7496 case elfcpp::R_ARM_XPC25
:
7497 gold_assert(gsym
== NULL
7498 || gsym
->has_plt_offset()
7499 || gsym
->final_value_is_known()
7500 || (gsym
->is_defined()
7501 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
7502 && !gsym
->is_preemptible()));
7504 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_branch_common(
7505 r_type
, relinfo
, view
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, psymval
, address
,
7506 thumb_bit
, is_weakly_undefined_without_plt
);
7509 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
7511 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump19(view
, object
, psymval
, address
,
7515 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7517 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump6(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
7520 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7522 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump8(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
7525 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7527 Arm_relocate_functions::thm_jump11(view
, object
, psymval
, address
);
7530 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7531 reloc_status
= Arm_relocate_functions::prel31(view
, object
, psymval
,
7532 address
, thumb_bit
);
7535 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7536 if (target
->fix_v4bx() > General_options::FIX_V4BX_NONE
)
7538 const bool is_v4bx_interworking
=
7539 (target
->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
);
7541 Arm_relocate_functions::v4bx(relinfo
, view
, object
, address
,
7542 is_v4bx_interworking
);
7546 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7548 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7549 address
, thumb_bit
, false);
7552 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7554 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7555 address
, thumb_bit
, true);
7558 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7560 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7561 address
, thumb_bit
, false);
7564 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7566 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7567 address
, thumb_bit
, true);
7570 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7572 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 2,
7573 address
, thumb_bit
, true);
7576 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7578 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7579 sym_origin
, thumb_bit
, false);
7582 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7584 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7585 sym_origin
, thumb_bit
, true);
7588 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7590 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7591 sym_origin
, thumb_bit
, false);
7594 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7596 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7597 sym_origin
, thumb_bit
, true);
7600 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7602 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_alu(view
, object
, psymval
, 2,
7603 sym_origin
, thumb_bit
, true);
7606 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7608 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7612 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7614 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7618 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7620 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
, 2,
7624 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7626 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7630 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7632 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7636 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7638 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldr(view
, object
, psymval
, 2,
7642 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7644 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7648 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7650 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7654 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7656 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
, 2,
7660 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7662 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7666 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7668 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7672 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7674 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldrs(view
, object
, psymval
, 2,
7678 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7680 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7684 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7686 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7690 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7692 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
, 2,
7696 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7698 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
, 0,
7702 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7704 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
, 1,
7708 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7710 Arm_relocate_functions::arm_grp_ldc(view
, object
, psymval
, 2,
7714 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7715 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7717 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7718 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7719 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7720 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7721 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7722 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7723 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
7724 _("unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7729 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
7730 _("unsupported reloc %u"),
7735 // Report any errors.
7736 switch (reloc_status
)
7738 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OKAY
:
7740 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
7741 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rel
.get_r_offset(),
7742 _("relocation overflow in relocation %u"),
7745 case Arm_relocate_functions::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
7746 gold_error_at_location(
7750 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %u"),
7760 // Relocate section data.
7762 template<bool big_endian
>
7764 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_section(
7765 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
7766 unsigned int sh_type
,
7767 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7769 Output_section
* output_section
,
7770 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7771 unsigned char* view
,
7772 Arm_address address
,
7773 section_size_type view_size
,
7774 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
7776 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Arm_relocate
;
7777 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
7779 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
7780 this->find_arm_input_section(relinfo
->object
, relinfo
->data_shndx
);
7782 // This is an ARM input section and the view covers the whole output
7784 if (arm_input_section
!= NULL
)
7786 gold_assert(needs_special_offset_handling
);
7787 Arm_address section_address
= arm_input_section
->address();
7788 section_size_type section_size
= arm_input_section
->data_size();
7790 gold_assert((arm_input_section
->address() >= address
)
7791 && ((arm_input_section
->address()
7792 + arm_input_section
->data_size())
7793 <= (address
+ view_size
)));
7795 off_t offset
= section_address
- address
;
7798 view_size
= section_size
;
7801 gold::relocate_section
<32, big_endian
, Target_arm
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
7808 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7812 reloc_symbol_changes
);
7815 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
7818 template<bool big_endian
>
7820 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::get_size_for_reloc(
7821 unsigned int r_type
,
7824 r_type
= get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
7827 case elfcpp::R_ARM_NONE
:
7830 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS8
:
7833 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS16
:
7834 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ABS5
:
7835 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP6
:
7836 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP8
:
7837 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP11
:
7840 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
7841 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32_NOI
:
7842 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS12
:
7843 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_ABS
:
7844 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
7845 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
7846 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
7847 case elfcpp::R_ARM_BASE_PREL
:
7848 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_BREL
:
7849 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
:
7850 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
7851 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
7852 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
7853 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
7854 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7855 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_ABS
:
7856 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
7857 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_ABS
:
7858 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7859 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_PREL
:
7860 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
7861 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_PREL
:
7862 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7863 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVT_BREL
:
7864 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
7865 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
7866 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVT_BREL
:
7867 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
7868 case elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
:
7869 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
7870 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
7871 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
7872 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
7873 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
7874 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
7875 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
7876 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
7877 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
7878 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
7879 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G0
:
7880 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G1
:
7881 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_PC_G2
:
7882 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G0
:
7883 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G1
:
7884 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDR_SB_G2
:
7885 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G0
:
7886 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G1
:
7887 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_PC_G2
:
7888 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G0
:
7889 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G1
:
7890 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDRS_SB_G2
:
7891 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G0
:
7892 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G1
:
7893 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_PC_G2
:
7894 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G0
:
7895 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G1
:
7896 case elfcpp::R_ARM_LDC_SB_G2
:
7899 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
7900 // This should have been mapped to another type already.
7902 case elfcpp::R_ARM_COPY
:
7903 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
7904 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
7905 case elfcpp::R_ARM_RELATIVE
:
7906 // These are relocations which should only be seen by the
7907 // dynamic linker, and should never be seen here.
7908 gold_error(_("%s: unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
7909 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7913 object
->error(_("unsupported reloc %u in object file"), r_type
);
7918 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
7920 template<bool big_endian
>
7922 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
7923 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7925 Sized_relobj
<32, big_endian
>* object
,
7926 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7927 unsigned int sh_type
,
7928 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7930 Output_section
* output_section
,
7931 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7932 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7933 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
7934 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
7936 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
7938 typedef gold::Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
7939 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
7941 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
,
7942 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
7950 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7956 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
7958 template<bool big_endian
>
7960 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_for_relocatable(
7961 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
7962 unsigned int sh_type
,
7963 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7965 Output_section
* output_section
,
7966 off_t offset_in_output_section
,
7967 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
7968 unsigned char* view
,
7969 Arm_address view_address
,
7970 section_size_type view_size
,
7971 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
7972 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
7974 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
);
7976 gold::relocate_for_relocatable
<32, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
7981 offset_in_output_section
,
7990 // Return the value to use for a dynamic symbol which requires special
7991 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
7992 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
7993 // processor specific ABI supplement.
7995 template<bool big_endian
>
7997 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
7999 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
8000 return this->plt_section()->address() + gsym
->plt_offset();
8003 // Map platform-specific relocs to real relocs
8005 template<bool big_endian
>
8007 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_real_reloc_type (unsigned int r_type
)
8011 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET1
:
8012 // This is either R_ARM_ABS32 or R_ARM_REL32;
8013 return elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
;
8015 case elfcpp::R_ARM_TARGET2
:
8016 // This can be any reloc type but ususally is R_ARM_GOT_PREL
8017 return elfcpp::R_ARM_GOT_PREL
;
8024 // Whether if two EABI versions V1 and V2 are compatible.
8026 template<bool big_endian
>
8028 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::are_eabi_versions_compatible(
8029 elfcpp::Elf_Word v1
,
8030 elfcpp::Elf_Word v2
)
8032 // v4 and v5 are the same spec before and after it was released,
8033 // so allow mixing them.
8034 if ((v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
)
8035 || (v1
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER5
&& v2
== elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_VER4
))
8041 // Combine FLAGS from an input object called NAME and the processor-specific
8042 // flags in the ELF header of the output. Much of this is adapted from the
8043 // processor-specific flags merging code in elf32_arm_merge_private_bfd_data
8044 // in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8046 template<bool big_endian
>
8048 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_processor_specific_flags(
8049 const std::string
& name
,
8050 elfcpp::Elf_Word flags
)
8052 if (this->are_processor_specific_flags_set())
8054 elfcpp::Elf_Word out_flags
= this->processor_specific_flags();
8056 // Nothing to merge if flags equal to those in output.
8057 if (flags
== out_flags
)
8060 // Complain about various flag mismatches.
8061 elfcpp::Elf_Word version1
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(flags
);
8062 elfcpp::Elf_Word version2
= elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(out_flags
);
8063 if (!this->are_eabi_versions_compatible(version1
, version2
))
8064 gold_error(_("Source object %s has EABI version %d but output has "
8065 "EABI version %d."),
8067 (flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24,
8068 (out_flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
) >> 24);
8072 // If the input is the default architecture and had the default
8073 // flags then do not bother setting the flags for the output
8074 // architecture, instead allow future merges to do this. If no
8075 // future merges ever set these flags then they will retain their
8076 // uninitialised values, which surprise surprise, correspond
8077 // to the default values.
8081 // This is the first time, just copy the flags.
8082 // We only copy the EABI version for now.
8083 this->set_processor_specific_flags(flags
& elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABIMASK
);
8087 // Adjust ELF file header.
8088 template<bool big_endian
>
8090 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_adjust_elf_header(
8091 unsigned char* view
,
8094 gold_assert(len
== elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::ehdr_size
);
8096 elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
> ehdr(view
);
8097 unsigned char e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
];
8098 memcpy(e_ident
, ehdr
.get_e_ident(), elfcpp::EI_NIDENT
);
8100 if (elfcpp::arm_eabi_version(this->processor_specific_flags())
8101 == elfcpp::EF_ARM_EABI_UNKNOWN
)
8102 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = elfcpp::ELFOSABI_ARM
;
8104 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_OSABI
] = 0;
8105 e_ident
[elfcpp::EI_ABIVERSION
] = 0;
8107 // FIXME: Do EF_ARM_BE8 adjustment.
8109 elfcpp::Ehdr_write
<32, big_endian
> oehdr(view
);
8110 oehdr
.put_e_ident(e_ident
);
8113 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
8114 // We need to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj<32, big_endian>
8115 // to store ARM specific information. Hence we need to have our own
8116 // ELF object creation.
8118 template<bool big_endian
>
8120 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
8121 const std::string
& name
,
8122 Input_file
* input_file
,
8123 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<32, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
8125 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
8126 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
8128 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* obj
=
8129 new Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
8133 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
8135 Sized_dynobj
<32, big_endian
>* obj
=
8136 new Arm_dynobj
<big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
8142 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
8148 // Read the architecture from the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute, if any.
8149 // Returns -1 if no architecture could be read.
8150 // This is adapted from get_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8152 template<bool big_endian
>
8154 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::get_secondary_compatible_arch(
8155 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
8157 const Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
8158 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
8160 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
8161 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
8162 const std::string
& sv
=
8163 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].string_value();
8165 && sv
.data()[0] == elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
8166 && (sv
.data()[1] & 128) != 128)
8167 return sv
.data()[1];
8169 // This tag is "safely ignorable", so don't complain if it looks funny.
8173 // Set, or unset, the architecture of the Tag_also_compatible_with attribute.
8174 // The tag is removed if ARCH is -1.
8175 // This is adapted from set_secondary_compatible_arch() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8177 template<bool big_endian
>
8179 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::set_secondary_compatible_arch(
8180 Attributes_section_data
* pasd
,
8183 Object_attribute
*known_attributes
=
8184 pasd
->known_attributes(Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
);
8188 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value("");
8192 // Note: the tag and its argument below are uleb128 values, though
8193 // currently-defined values fit in one byte for each.
8195 sv
[0] = elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
;
8196 gold_assert(arch
!= 0);
8200 known_attributes
[elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
].set_string_value(sv
);
8203 // Combine two values for Tag_CPU_arch, taking secondary compatibility tags
8205 // This is adapted from tag_cpu_arch_combine() in bfd/elf32-arm.c.
8207 template<bool big_endian
>
8209 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_arch_combine(
8212 int* secondary_compat_out
,
8214 int secondary_compat
)
8216 #define T(X) elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_##X
8217 static const int v6t2
[] =
8229 static const int v6k
[] =
8242 static const int v7
[] =
8256 static const int v6_m
[] =
8271 static const int v6s_m
[] =
8287 static const int v7e_m
[] =
8304 static const int v4t_plus_v6_m
[] =
8320 T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
) // V4T plus V6_M.
8322 static const int *comb
[] =
8330 // Pseudo-architecture.
8334 // Check we've not got a higher architecture than we know about.
8336 if (oldtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
|| newtag
>= elfcpp::MAX_TAG_CPU_ARCH
)
8338 gold_error(_("%s: unknown CPU architecture"), name
);
8342 // Override old tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the output.
8344 if ((oldtag
== T(V6_M
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V4T
))
8345 || (oldtag
== T(V4T
) && *secondary_compat_out
== T(V6_M
)))
8346 oldtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
8348 // And override the new tag if we have a Tag_also_compatible_with on the
8351 if ((newtag
== T(V6_M
) && secondary_compat
== T(V4T
))
8352 || (newtag
== T(V4T
) && secondary_compat
== T(V6_M
)))
8353 newtag
= T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
);
8355 // Architectures before V6KZ add features monotonically.
8356 int tagh
= std::max(oldtag
, newtag
);
8357 if (tagh
<= elfcpp::TAG_CPU_ARCH_V6KZ
)
8360 int tagl
= std::min(oldtag
, newtag
);
8361 int result
= comb
[tagh
- T(V6T2
)][tagl
];
8363 // Use Tag_CPU_arch == V4T and Tag_also_compatible_with (Tag_CPU_arch V6_M)
8364 // as the canonical version.
8365 if (result
== T(V4T_PLUS_V6_M
))
8368 *secondary_compat_out
= T(V6_M
);
8371 *secondary_compat_out
= -1;
8375 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting CPU architectures %d/%d"),
8376 name
, oldtag
, newtag
);
8384 // Helper to print AEABI enum tag value.
8386 template<bool big_endian
>
8388 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::aeabi_enum_name(unsigned int value
)
8390 static const char *aeabi_enum_names
[] =
8391 { "", "variable-size", "32-bit", "" };
8392 const size_t aeabi_enum_names_size
=
8393 sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
) / sizeof(aeabi_enum_names
[0]);
8395 if (value
< aeabi_enum_names_size
)
8396 return std::string(aeabi_enum_names
[value
]);
8400 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown value %u>", value
);
8401 return std::string(buffer
);
8405 // Return the string value to store in TAG_CPU_name.
8407 template<bool big_endian
>
8409 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::tag_cpu_name_value(unsigned int value
)
8411 static const char *name_table
[] = {
8412 // These aren't real CPU names, but we can't guess
8413 // that from the architecture version alone.
8429 const size_t name_table_size
= sizeof(name_table
) / sizeof(name_table
[0]);
8431 if (value
< name_table_size
)
8432 return std::string(name_table
[value
]);
8436 sprintf(buffer
, "<unknown CPU value %u>", value
);
8437 return std::string(buffer
);
8441 // Merge object attributes from input file called NAME with those of the
8442 // output. The input object attributes are in the object pointed by PASD.
8444 template<bool big_endian
>
8446 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::merge_object_attributes(
8448 const Attributes_section_data
* pasd
)
8450 // Return if there is no attributes section data.
8454 // If output has no object attributes, just copy.
8455 if (this->attributes_section_data_
== NULL
)
8457 this->attributes_section_data_
= new Attributes_section_data(*pasd
);
8461 const int vendor
= Object_attribute::OBJ_ATTR_PROC
;
8462 const Object_attribute
* in_attr
= pasd
->known_attributes(vendor
);
8463 Object_attribute
* out_attr
=
8464 this->attributes_section_data_
->known_attributes(vendor
);
8466 // This needs to happen before Tag_ABI_FP_number_model is merged. */
8467 if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value()
8468 != out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value())
8470 // Ignore mismatches if the object doesn't use floating point. */
8471 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() == 0)
8472 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].set_int_value(
8473 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
].int_value());
8474 else if (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
].int_value() != 0)
8475 gold_error(_("%s uses VFP register arguments, output does not"),
8479 for (int i
= 4; i
< Vendor_object_attributes::NUM_KNOWN_ATTRIBUTES
; ++i
)
8481 // Merge this attribute with existing attributes.
8484 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
:
8485 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
:
8486 // These are merged after Tag_CPU_arch.
8489 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_optimization_goals
:
8490 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_optimization_goals
:
8491 // Use the first value seen.
8494 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch
:
8496 unsigned int saved_out_attr
= out_attr
->int_value();
8497 // Merge Tag_CPU_arch and Tag_also_compatible_with.
8498 int secondary_compat
=
8499 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(pasd
);
8500 int secondary_compat_out
=
8501 this->get_secondary_compatible_arch(
8502 this->attributes_section_data_
);
8503 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(
8504 tag_cpu_arch_combine(name
, out_attr
[i
].int_value(),
8505 &secondary_compat_out
,
8506 in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
8508 this->set_secondary_compatible_arch(this->attributes_section_data_
,
8509 secondary_compat_out
);
8511 // Merge Tag_CPU_name and Tag_CPU_raw_name.
8512 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == saved_out_attr
)
8513 ; // Leave the names alone.
8514 else if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == in_attr
[i
].int_value())
8516 // The output architecture has been changed to match the
8517 // input architecture. Use the input names.
8518 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(
8519 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value());
8520 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value(
8521 in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].string_value());
8525 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value("");
8526 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
].set_string_value("");
8529 // If we still don't have a value for Tag_CPU_name,
8530 // make one up now. Tag_CPU_raw_name remains blank.
8531 if (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].string_value() == "")
8533 const std::string cpu_name
=
8534 this->tag_cpu_name_value(out_attr
[i
].int_value());
8535 // FIXME: If we see an unknown CPU, this will be set
8536 // to "<unknown CPU n>", where n is the attribute value.
8537 // This is different from BFD, which leaves the name alone.
8538 out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
].set_string_value(cpu_name
);
8543 case elfcpp::Tag_ARM_ISA_use
:
8544 case elfcpp::Tag_THUMB_ISA_use
:
8545 case elfcpp::Tag_WMMX_arch
:
8546 case elfcpp::Tag_Advanced_SIMD_arch
:
8547 // ??? Do Advanced_SIMD (NEON) and WMMX conflict?
8548 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_rounding
:
8549 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_exceptions
:
8550 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_user_exceptions
:
8551 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_number_model
:
8552 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_HP_extension
:
8553 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_unaligned_access
:
8554 case elfcpp::Tag_T2EE_use
:
8555 case elfcpp::Tag_Virtualization_use
:
8556 case elfcpp::Tag_MPextension_use
:
8557 // Use the largest value specified.
8558 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
8559 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8562 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
:
8563 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RO_data
:
8564 // Use the smallest value specified.
8565 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
8566 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8569 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_needed
:
8570 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() > 0)
8571 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value() == 0
8572 || (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_align8_preserved
].int_value()
8575 // This error message should be enabled once all non-conformant
8576 // binaries in the toolchain have had the attributes set
8578 // gold_error(_("output 8-byte data alignment conflicts with %s"),
8582 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_denormal
:
8583 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_GOT_use
:
8585 // These tags have 0 = don't care, 1 = strong requirement,
8586 // 2 = weak requirement.
8587 static const int order_021
[3] = {0, 2, 1};
8589 // Use the "greatest" from the sequence 0, 2, 1, or the largest
8590 // value if greater than 2 (for future-proofing).
8591 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 2
8592 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
8593 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
8594 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() <= 2
8595 && (order_021
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()]
8596 > order_021
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()])))
8597 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8601 case elfcpp::Tag_CPU_arch_profile
:
8602 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
8604 // 0 will merge with anything.
8605 // 'A' and 'S' merge to 'A'.
8606 // 'R' and 'S' merge to 'R'.
8607 // 'M' and 'A|R|S' is an error.
8608 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
8609 || (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
8610 && (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
8611 || in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
8612 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8613 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0
8614 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'S'
8615 && (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'A'
8616 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 'R')))
8621 (_("conflicting architecture profiles %c/%c"),
8622 in_attr
[i
].int_value() ? in_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0',
8623 out_attr
[i
].int_value() ? out_attr
[i
].int_value() : '0');
8627 case elfcpp::Tag_VFP_arch
:
8644 // Values greater than 6 aren't defined, so just pick the
8646 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > 6
8647 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
8649 *out_attr
= *in_attr
;
8652 // The output uses the superset of input features
8653 // (ISA version) and registers.
8654 int ver
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
,
8655 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].ver
);
8656 int regs
= std::max(vfp_versions
[in_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
,
8657 vfp_versions
[out_attr
[i
].int_value()].regs
);
8658 // This assumes all possible supersets are also a valid
8661 for (newval
= 6; newval
> 0; newval
--)
8663 if (regs
== vfp_versions
[newval
].regs
8664 && ver
== vfp_versions
[newval
].ver
)
8667 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(newval
);
8670 case elfcpp::Tag_PCS_config
:
8671 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 0)
8672 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8673 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
8675 // It's sometimes ok to mix different configs, so this is only
8677 gold_warning(_("%s: conflicting platform configuration"), name
);
8680 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
:
8681 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value()
8682 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
8683 && in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
8685 gold_error(_("%s: conflicting use of R9"), name
);
8687 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
)
8688 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8690 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_RW_data
:
8691 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_PCS_RW_data_SBrel
8692 && (in_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
8693 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_SB
)
8694 && (out_attr
[elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_R9_use
].int_value()
8695 != elfcpp::AEABI_R9_unused
))
8697 gold_error(_("%s: SB relative addressing conflicts with use "
8701 // Use the smallest value specified.
8702 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() < out_attr
[i
].int_value())
8703 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8705 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_PCS_wchar_t
:
8706 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
8707 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value()
8708 && in_attr
[i
].int_value()
8709 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
8711 gold_warning(_("%s uses %u-byte wchar_t yet the output is to "
8712 "use %u-byte wchar_t; use of wchar_t values "
8713 "across objects may fail"),
8714 name
, in_attr
[i
].int_value(),
8715 out_attr
[i
].int_value());
8717 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() && !out_attr
[i
].int_value())
8718 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8720 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_enum_size
:
8721 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
)
8723 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_unused
8724 || out_attr
[i
].int_value() == elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
)
8726 // The existing object is compatible with anything.
8727 // Use whatever requirements the new object has.
8728 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8730 // FIXME: Make it possible to turn off this warning.
8731 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != elfcpp::AEABI_enum_forced_wide
8732 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != in_attr
[i
].int_value())
8734 unsigned int in_value
= in_attr
[i
].int_value();
8735 unsigned int out_value
= out_attr
[i
].int_value();
8736 gold_warning(_("%s uses %s enums yet the output is to use "
8737 "%s enums; use of enum values across objects "
8740 this->aeabi_enum_name(in_value
).c_str(),
8741 this->aeabi_enum_name(out_value
).c_str());
8745 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_VFP_args
:
8748 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_WMMX_args
:
8749 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
8751 gold_error(_("%s uses iWMMXt register arguments, output does "
8756 case Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
:
8757 // Merged in target-independent code.
8759 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_HardFP_use
:
8760 // 1 (SP) and 2 (DP) conflict, so combine to 3 (SP & DP).
8761 if ((in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2)
8762 || (in_attr
[i
].int_value() == 2 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() == 1))
8763 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(3);
8764 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() > out_attr
[i
].int_value())
8765 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8767 case elfcpp::Tag_ABI_FP_16bit_format
:
8768 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0 && out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
8770 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != out_attr
[i
].int_value())
8771 gold_error(_("fp16 format mismatch between %s and output"),
8774 if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0)
8775 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(in_attr
[i
].int_value());
8778 case elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
:
8779 // This tag is set if it exists, but the value is unused (and is
8780 // typically zero). We don't actually need to do anything here -
8781 // the merge happens automatically when the type flags are merged
8784 case elfcpp::Tag_also_compatible_with
:
8785 // Already done in Tag_CPU_arch.
8787 case elfcpp::Tag_conformance
:
8788 // Keep the attribute if it matches. Throw it away otherwise.
8789 // No attribute means no claim to conform.
8790 if (in_attr
[i
].string_value() != out_attr
[i
].string_value())
8791 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
8796 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
8798 // The "known_obj_attributes" table does contain some undefined
8799 // attributes. Ensure that there are unused.
8800 if (out_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
8801 || out_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
8802 err_object
= "output";
8803 else if (in_attr
[i
].int_value() != 0
8804 || in_attr
[i
].string_value() != "")
8807 if (err_object
!= NULL
)
8809 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored.
8811 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute "
8815 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
8819 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
8820 if (!in_attr
[i
].matches(out_attr
[i
]))
8822 out_attr
[i
].set_int_value(0);
8823 out_attr
[i
].set_string_value("");
8828 // If out_attr was copied from in_attr then it won't have a type yet.
8829 if (in_attr
[i
].type() && !out_attr
[i
].type())
8830 out_attr
[i
].set_type(in_attr
[i
].type());
8833 // Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones.
8834 this->attributes_section_data_
->merge(name
, pasd
);
8836 // Check for any attributes not known on ARM.
8837 typedef Vendor_object_attributes::Other_attributes Other_attributes
;
8838 const Other_attributes
* in_other_attributes
= pasd
->other_attributes(vendor
);
8839 Other_attributes::const_iterator in_iter
= in_other_attributes
->begin();
8840 Other_attributes
* out_other_attributes
=
8841 this->attributes_section_data_
->other_attributes(vendor
);
8842 Other_attributes::iterator out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->begin();
8844 while (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
8845 || out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end())
8847 const char* err_object
= NULL
;
8850 // The tags for each list are in numerical order.
8851 // If the tags are equal, then merge.
8852 if (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
8853 && (in_iter
== in_other_attributes
->end()
8854 || in_iter
->first
> out_iter
->first
))
8856 // This attribute only exists in output. We can't merge, and we
8857 // don't know what the tag means, so delete it.
8858 err_object
= "output";
8859 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
8860 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
8861 delete out_iter
->second
;
8862 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
8863 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
8865 else if (in_iter
!= in_other_attributes
->end()
8866 && (out_iter
!= out_other_attributes
->end()
8867 || in_iter
->first
< out_iter
->first
))
8869 // This attribute only exists in input. We can't merge, and we
8870 // don't know what the tag means, so ignore it.
8872 err_tag
= in_iter
->first
;
8875 else // The tags are equal.
8877 // As present, all attributes in the list are unknown, and
8878 // therefore can't be merged meaningfully.
8879 err_object
= "output";
8880 err_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
8882 // Only pass on attributes that match in both inputs.
8883 if (!in_iter
->second
->matches(*(out_iter
->second
)))
8885 // No match. Delete the attribute.
8886 int saved_tag
= out_iter
->first
;
8887 delete out_iter
->second
;
8888 out_other_attributes
->erase(out_iter
);
8889 out_iter
= out_other_attributes
->upper_bound(saved_tag
);
8893 // Matched. Keep the attribute and move to the next.
8901 // Attribute numbers >=64 (mod 128) can be safely ignored. */
8902 if ((err_tag
& 127) < 64)
8904 gold_error(_("%s: unknown mandatory EABI object attribute %d"),
8905 err_object
, err_tag
);
8909 gold_warning(_("%s: unknown EABI object attribute %d"),
8910 err_object
, err_tag
);
8916 // Return whether a relocation type used the LSB to distinguish THUMB
8918 template<bool big_endian
>
8920 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::reloc_uses_thumb_bit(unsigned int r_type
)
8924 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PC24
:
8925 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ABS32
:
8926 case elfcpp::R_ARM_REL32
:
8927 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL32
:
8928 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
8929 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GLOB_DAT
:
8930 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP_SLOT
:
8931 case elfcpp::R_ARM_GOTOFF32
:
8932 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
8933 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
8934 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
8935 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
8936 case elfcpp::R_ARM_SBREL31
:
8937 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PREL31
:
8938 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8939 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8940 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_ABS_NC
:
8941 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_PREL_NC
:
8942 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
8943 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_ALU_PREL_11_0
:
8944 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0_NC
:
8945 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G0
:
8946 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1_NC
:
8947 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G1
:
8948 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_PC_G2
:
8949 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0_NC
:
8950 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G0
:
8951 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1_NC
:
8952 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G1
:
8953 case elfcpp::R_ARM_ALU_SB_G2
:
8954 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8955 case elfcpp::R_ARM_MOVW_BREL
:
8956 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL_NC
:
8957 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_MOVW_BREL
:
8964 // Stub-generation methods for Target_arm.
8966 // Make a new Arm_input_section object.
8968 template<bool big_endian
>
8969 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
8970 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_arm_input_section(
8974 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
8976 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* arm_input_section
=
8977 new Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
8978 arm_input_section
->init();
8980 // Register new Arm_input_section in map for look-up.
8981 std::pair
<typename
Arm_input_section_map::iterator
, bool> ins
=
8982 this->arm_input_section_map_
.insert(std::make_pair(sid
, arm_input_section
));
8984 // Make sure that it we have not created another Arm_input_section
8985 // for this input section already.
8986 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
8988 return arm_input_section
;
8991 // Find the Arm_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
8992 // section of RELOBJ.
8994 template<bool big_endian
>
8995 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>*
8996 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::find_arm_input_section(
8998 unsigned int shndx
) const
9000 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
9001 typename
Arm_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
9002 this->arm_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
9003 return (p
!= this->arm_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
9006 // Make a new stub table.
9008 template<bool big_endian
>
9009 Stub_table
<big_endian
>*
9010 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::new_stub_table(Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
)
9012 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9013 new Stub_table
<big_endian
>(owner
);
9014 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
9016 stub_table
->set_address(owner
->address() + owner
->data_size());
9017 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
9018 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
9023 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
9025 template<bool big_endian
>
9027 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
9028 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9029 unsigned int r_type
,
9030 const Sized_symbol
<32>* gsym
,
9032 const Symbol_value
<32>* psymval
,
9033 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
9034 Arm_address address
)
9036 typedef typename Target_arm
<big_endian
>::Relocate Relocate
;
9038 const Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
9039 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9041 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
9043 const uint32_t reg
= (addend
& 0xf);
9044 if (this->fix_v4bx() == General_options::FIX_V4BX_INTERWORKING
9047 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
9048 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9049 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9050 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
9052 if (stub_table
->find_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
) == NULL
)
9054 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
9055 Arm_v4bx_stub
* stub
=
9056 this->stub_factory().make_arm_v4bx_stub(reg
);
9057 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
9058 stub_table
->add_arm_v4bx_stub(stub
);
9065 bool target_is_thumb
;
9066 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9069 // This is a global symbol. Determine if we use PLT and if the
9070 // final target is THUMB.
9071 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(Relocate::reloc_is_non_pic(r_type
)))
9073 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
9074 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
9075 + gsym
->plt_offset());
9077 target_is_thumb
= false;
9079 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
9080 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
9085 ((gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_ARM_TFUNC
)
9086 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_FUNC
9087 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
9088 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0)));
9093 // This is a local symbol. Determine if the final target is THUMB.
9094 target_is_thumb
= arm_relobj
->local_symbol_is_thumb_function(r_sym
);
9097 // Strip LSB if this points to a THUMB target.
9099 && Target_arm
<big_endian
>::reloc_uses_thumb_bit(r_type
)
9100 && ((psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & 1) != 0))
9102 Arm_address stripped_value
=
9103 psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0) & ~static_cast<Arm_address
>(1);
9104 symval
.set_output_value(stripped_value
);
9108 // Get the symbol value.
9109 Symbol_value
<32>::Value value
= psymval
->value(arm_relobj
, 0);
9111 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
9112 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
9113 Arm_address destination
;
9116 case elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
:
9117 case elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
:
9118 case elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
:
9120 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 8;
9122 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
:
9123 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
:
9124 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
:
9125 case elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
:
9127 destination
= value
+ addend
+ 4;
9133 Reloc_stub
* stub
= NULL
;
9134 Stub_type stub_type
=
9135 Reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
,
9137 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
9139 // Try looking up an existing stub from a stub table.
9140 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9141 arm_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9142 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
9144 // Locate stub by destination.
9145 Reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, arm_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
9147 // Create a stub if there is not one already
9148 stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
9151 // create a new stub and add it to stub table.
9152 stub
= this->stub_factory().make_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
9153 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, stub_key
);
9156 // Record the destination address.
9157 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
9158 | (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
9161 // For Cortex-A8, we need to record a relocation at 4K page boundary.
9162 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
9163 && (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
9164 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
9165 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
9166 || r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
9167 && (address
& 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
)
9169 // Found a candidate. Note we haven't checked the destination is
9170 // within 4K here: if we do so (and don't create a record) we can't
9171 // tell that a branch should have been relocated when scanning later.
9172 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
[address
] =
9173 new Cortex_a8_reloc(stub
, r_type
,
9174 destination
| (target_is_thumb
? 1 : 0));
9178 // This function scans a relocation sections for stub generation.
9179 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
9180 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
9181 // specific part of a relocation.
9183 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
9184 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
9186 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
9187 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
9188 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
9189 // mapped to output offsets.
9191 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
9192 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
9193 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
9194 // the output section.
9196 template<bool big_endian
>
9197 template<int sh_type
>
9199 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
9200 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9201 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9203 Output_section
* output_section
,
9204 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9205 const unsigned char* view
,
9206 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
9209 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
9210 const int reloc_size
=
9211 Reloc_types
<sh_type
, 32, big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
9213 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_object
=
9214 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(relinfo
->object
);
9215 unsigned int local_count
= arm_object
->local_symbol_count();
9217 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
9219 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
9221 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
9223 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
9224 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<32>(r_info
);
9225 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<32>(r_info
);
9227 r_type
= this->get_real_reloc_type(r_type
);
9229 // Only a few relocation types need stubs.
9230 if ((r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_CALL
)
9231 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_JUMP24
)
9232 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_PLT32
)
9233 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
)
9234 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_XPC22
)
9235 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP24
)
9236 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_JUMP19
)
9237 && (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
))
9240 section_offset_type offset
=
9241 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
9243 if (needs_special_offset_handling
)
9245 offset
= output_section
->output_offset(relinfo
->object
,
9246 relinfo
->data_shndx
,
9252 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_ARM_V4BX
)
9254 // Get the BX instruction.
9255 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
9256 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ offset
);
9257 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword insn
=
9258 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
9259 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, NULL
, 0, NULL
,
9265 Stub_addend_reader
<sh_type
, big_endian
> stub_addend_reader
;
9266 elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
9267 stub_addend_reader(r_type
, view
+ offset
, reloc
);
9269 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sym
;
9271 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9272 const Symbol_value
<32> *psymval
;
9273 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
9276 psymval
= arm_object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
9278 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
9279 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
9280 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
9281 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
9282 // correspond to a section we are folding.
9284 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
9286 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
9287 && !arm_object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
9288 && !(relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(arm_object
, shndx
)))
9290 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
9293 arm_object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
9294 comdat_behavior
= get_comdat_behavior(name
.c_str());
9296 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
9299 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<32>::Elf_Addr value
=
9300 arm_object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
9302 symval
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
9304 symval
.set_output_value(0);
9308 symval
.set_output_value(0);
9310 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
9316 const Symbol
* gsym
= arm_object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
9317 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
9318 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
9319 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
9321 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<32>*>(gsym
);
9322 if (sym
->has_symtab_index())
9323 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
9325 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
9327 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
9329 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
9330 const Sized_symbol
<32>* sized_symbol
=
9331 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<32>(gsym
);
9332 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
9334 symtab
->compute_final_value
<32>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
9336 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
9337 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
9340 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
9344 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
9345 // destination. Give up.
9346 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
9349 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
9350 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
9354 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
9356 template<bool big_endian
>
9358 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
9359 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9360 unsigned int sh_type
,
9361 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
9363 Output_section
* output_section
,
9364 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
9365 const unsigned char* view
,
9366 Arm_address view_address
,
9367 section_size_type view_size
)
9369 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
9370 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_REL
>(
9375 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9379 else if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
9380 // We do not support RELA type relocations yet. This is provided for
9382 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
9387 needs_special_offset_handling
,
9395 // Group input sections for stub generation.
9397 // We goup input sections in an output sections so that the total size,
9398 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
9399 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
9400 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
9401 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
9402 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWATS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
9403 // extend the group after the stub table.
9405 template<bool big_endian
>
9407 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::group_sections(
9409 section_size_type group_size
,
9410 bool stubs_always_after_branch
)
9412 // Group input sections and insert stub table
9413 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
9414 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
9415 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
9416 p
!= section_list
.end();
9419 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* output_section
=
9420 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
9421 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
9426 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
9428 template<bool big_endian
>
9430 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_relax(
9432 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
9433 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
9436 // No need to generate stubs if this is a relocatable link.
9437 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
9439 // If this is the first pass, we need to group input sections into
9441 bool done_exidx_fixup
= false;
9444 // Determine the stub group size. The group size is the absolute
9445 // value of the parameter --stub-group-size. If --stub-group-size
9446 // is passed a negative value, we restict stubs to be always after
9447 // the stubbed branches.
9448 int32_t stub_group_size_param
=
9449 parameters
->options().stub_group_size();
9450 bool stubs_always_after_branch
= stub_group_size_param
< 0;
9451 section_size_type stub_group_size
= abs(stub_group_size_param
);
9453 // The Cortex-A8 erratum fix depends on stubs not being in the same 4K
9454 // page as the first half of a 32-bit branch straddling two 4K pages.
9455 // This is a crude way of enforcing that.
9456 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
9457 stubs_always_after_branch
= true;
9459 if (stub_group_size
== 1)
9462 // Thumb branch range is +-4MB has to be used as the default
9463 // maximum size (a given section can contain both ARM and Thumb
9464 // code, so the worst case has to be taken into account).
9466 // This value is 24K less than that, which allows for 2025
9467 // 12-byte stubs. If we exceed that, then we will fail to link.
9468 // The user will have to relink with an explicit group size
9470 stub_group_size
= 4170000;
9473 group_sections(layout
, stub_group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
);
9475 // Also fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
9476 Output_section
* os
= layout
->find_output_section(".ARM.exidx");
9477 if (os
!= NULL
&& os
->type() == elfcpp::SHT_ARM_EXIDX
)
9479 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_output_section
=
9480 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(os
);
9481 this->fix_exidx_coverage(layout
, exidx_output_section
, symtab
);
9482 done_exidx_fixup
= true;
9486 // The Cortex-A8 stubs are sensitive to layout of code sections. At the
9487 // beginning of each relaxation pass, just blow away all the stubs.
9488 // Alternatively, we could selectively remove only the stubs and reloc
9489 // information for code sections that have moved since the last pass.
9490 // That would require more book-keeping.
9491 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
9492 if (this->fix_cortex_a8_
)
9494 // Clear all Cortex-A8 reloc information.
9495 for (typename
Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
9496 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.begin();
9497 p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end();
9500 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.clear();
9502 // Remove all Cortex-A8 stubs.
9503 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
9504 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end();
9506 (*sp
)->remove_all_cortex_a8_stubs();
9509 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
9510 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
9511 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
9514 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
9515 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
9516 arm_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
9519 // Check all stub tables to see if any of them have their data sizes
9520 // or addresses alignments changed. These are the only things that
9522 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
9523 Unordered_set
<const Output_section
*> sections_needing_adjustment
;
9524 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
9525 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
9528 if ((*sp
)->update_data_size_and_addralign())
9530 // Update data size of stub table owner.
9531 Arm_input_section
<big_endian
>* owner
= (*sp
)->owner();
9532 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
9533 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
9534 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
9535 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
9537 sections_needing_adjustment
.insert(owner
->output_section());
9538 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
9542 // Output_section_data::output_section() returns a const pointer but we
9543 // need to update output sections, so we record all output sections needing
9544 // update above and scan the sections here to find out what sections need
9546 for(Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= layout
->section_list().begin();
9547 p
!= layout
->section_list().end();
9550 if (sections_needing_adjustment
.find(*p
)
9551 != sections_needing_adjustment
.end())
9552 (*p
)->set_section_offsets_need_adjustment();
9555 // Stop relaxation if no EXIDX fix-up and no stub table change.
9556 bool continue_relaxation
= done_exidx_fixup
|| any_stub_table_changed
;
9558 // Finalize the stubs in the last relaxation pass.
9559 if (!continue_relaxation
)
9561 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
9562 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end()) && !any_stub_table_changed
;
9564 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
9566 // Update output local symbol counts of objects if necessary.
9567 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
9568 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
9571 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
=
9572 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>::as_arm_relobj(*op
);
9574 // Update output local symbol counts. We need to discard local
9575 // symbols defined in parts of input sections that are discarded by
9577 if (arm_relobj
->output_local_symbol_count_needs_update())
9578 arm_relobj
->update_output_local_symbol_count();
9582 return continue_relaxation
;
9587 template<bool big_endian
>
9589 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::relocate_stub(
9591 const Relocate_info
<32, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
9592 Output_section
* output_section
,
9593 unsigned char* view
,
9594 Arm_address address
,
9595 section_size_type view_size
)
9598 const Stub_template
* stub_template
= stub
->stub_template();
9599 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< stub_template
->reloc_count(); i
++)
9601 size_t reloc_insn_index
= stub_template
->reloc_insn_index(i
);
9602 const Insn_template
* insn
= &stub_template
->insns()[reloc_insn_index
];
9604 unsigned int r_type
= insn
->r_type();
9605 section_size_type reloc_offset
= stub_template
->reloc_offset(i
);
9606 section_size_type reloc_size
= insn
->size();
9607 gold_assert(reloc_offset
+ reloc_size
<= view_size
);
9609 // This is the address of the stub destination.
9610 Arm_address target
= stub
->reloc_target(i
) + insn
->reloc_addend();
9611 Symbol_value
<32> symval
;
9612 symval
.set_output_value(target
);
9614 // Synthesize a fake reloc just in case. We don't have a symbol so
9616 unsigned char reloc_buffer
[elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<32>::rel_size
];
9617 memset(reloc_buffer
, 0, sizeof(reloc_buffer
));
9618 elfcpp::Rel_write
<32, big_endian
> reloc_write(reloc_buffer
);
9619 reloc_write
.put_r_offset(reloc_offset
);
9620 reloc_write
.put_r_info(elfcpp::elf_r_info
<32>(0, r_type
));
9621 elfcpp::Rel
<32, big_endian
> rel(reloc_buffer
);
9623 relocate
.relocate(relinfo
, this, output_section
,
9624 this->fake_relnum_for_stubs
, rel
, r_type
,
9625 NULL
, &symval
, view
+ reloc_offset
,
9626 address
+ reloc_offset
, reloc_size
);
9630 // Determine whether an object attribute tag takes an integer, a
9633 template<bool big_endian
>
9635 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attribute_arg_type(int tag
) const
9637 if (tag
== Object_attribute::Tag_compatibility
)
9638 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
9639 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
);
9640 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
9641 return (Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
9642 | Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_NO_DEFAULT
);
9643 else if (tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_raw_name
|| tag
== elfcpp::Tag_CPU_name
)
9644 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
;
9646 return Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
;
9648 return ((tag
& 1) != 0
9649 ? Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_STR_VAL
9650 : Object_attribute::ATTR_TYPE_FLAG_INT_VAL
);
9653 // Reorder attributes.
9655 // The ABI defines that Tag_conformance should be emitted first, and that
9656 // Tag_nodefaults should be second (if either is defined). This sets those
9657 // two positions, and bumps up the position of all the remaining tags to
9660 template<bool big_endian
>
9662 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::do_attributes_order(int num
) const
9664 // Reorder the known object attributes in output. We want to move
9665 // Tag_conformance to position 4 and Tag_conformance to position 5
9666 // and shift eveything between 4 .. Tag_conformance - 1 to make room.
9668 return elfcpp::Tag_conformance
;
9670 return elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
;
9671 if ((num
- 2) < elfcpp::Tag_nodefaults
)
9673 if ((num
- 1) < elfcpp::Tag_conformance
)
9678 // Scan a span of THUMB code for Cortex-A8 erratum.
9680 template<bool big_endian
>
9682 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::scan_span_for_cortex_a8_erratum(
9683 Arm_relobj
<big_endian
>* arm_relobj
,
9685 section_size_type span_start
,
9686 section_size_type span_end
,
9687 const unsigned char* view
,
9688 Arm_address address
)
9690 // Scan for 32-bit Thumb-2 branches which span two 4K regions, where:
9692 // The opcode is BLX.W, BL.W, B.W, Bcc.W
9693 // The branch target is in the same 4KB region as the
9694 // first half of the branch.
9695 // The instruction before the branch is a 32-bit
9696 // length non-branch instruction.
9697 section_size_type i
= span_start
;
9698 bool last_was_32bit
= false;
9699 bool last_was_branch
= false;
9700 while (i
< span_end
)
9702 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
9703 const Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<const Valtype
*>(view
+ i
);
9704 uint32_t insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
9705 bool is_blx
= false, is_b
= false;
9706 bool is_bl
= false, is_bcc
= false;
9708 bool insn_32bit
= (insn
& 0xe000) == 0xe000 && (insn
& 0x1800) != 0x0000;
9711 // Load the rest of the insn (in manual-friendly order).
9712 insn
= (insn
<< 16) | elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
9714 // Encoding T4: B<c>.W.
9715 is_b
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0009000U
;
9716 // Encoding T1: BL<c>.W.
9717 is_bl
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000d000U
;
9718 // Encoding T2: BLX<c>.W.
9719 is_blx
= (insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf000c000U
;
9720 // Encoding T3: B<c>.W (not permitted in IT block).
9721 is_bcc
= ((insn
& 0xf800d000U
) == 0xf0008000U
9722 && (insn
& 0x07f00000U
) != 0x03800000U
);
9725 bool is_32bit_branch
= is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
|| is_bcc
;
9727 // If this instruction is a 32-bit THUMB branch that crosses a 4K
9728 // page boundary and it follows 32-bit non-branch instruction,
9729 // we need to work around.
9731 && ((address
+ i
) & 0xfffU
) == 0xffeU
9733 && !last_was_branch
)
9735 // Check to see if there is a relocation stub for this branch.
9736 bool force_target_arm
= false;
9737 bool force_target_thumb
= false;
9738 const Cortex_a8_reloc
* cortex_a8_reloc
= NULL
;
9739 Cortex_a8_relocs_info::const_iterator p
=
9740 this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.find(address
+ i
);
9742 if (p
!= this->cortex_a8_relocs_info_
.end())
9744 cortex_a8_reloc
= p
->second
;
9745 bool target_is_thumb
= (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() & 1) != 0;
9747 if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
9748 && !target_is_thumb
)
9749 force_target_arm
= true;
9750 else if (cortex_a8_reloc
->r_type() == elfcpp::R_ARM_THM_CALL
9752 force_target_thumb
= true;
9756 Stub_type stub_type
= arm_stub_none
;
9758 // Check if we have an offending branch instruction.
9759 uint16_t upper_insn
= (insn
>> 16) & 0xffffU
;
9760 uint16_t lower_insn
= insn
& 0xffffU
;
9761 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
9763 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
9764 && cortex_a8_reloc
->reloc_stub() != NULL
)
9765 // We've already made a stub for this instruction, e.g.
9766 // it's a long branch or a Thumb->ARM stub. Assume that
9767 // stub will suffice to work around the A8 erratum (see
9768 // setting of always_after_branch above).
9772 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
9774 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
;
9776 else if (is_b
|| is_bl
|| is_blx
)
9778 offset
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_offset(upper_insn
,
9784 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
9786 ? arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
9787 : arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
));
9790 if (stub_type
!= arm_stub_none
)
9792 Arm_address pc_for_insn
= address
+ i
+ 4;
9794 // The original instruction is a BL, but the target is
9795 // an ARM instruction. If we were not making a stub,
9796 // the BL would have been converted to a BLX. Use the
9797 // BLX stub instead in that case.
9798 if (this->may_use_blx() && force_target_arm
9799 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
)
9801 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
;
9805 // Conversely, if the original instruction was
9806 // BLX but the target is Thumb mode, use the BL stub.
9807 else if (force_target_thumb
9808 && stub_type
== arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
)
9810 stub_type
= arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
;
9818 // If we found a relocation, use the proper destination,
9819 // not the offset in the (unrelocated) instruction.
9820 // Note this is always done if we switched the stub type above.
9821 if (cortex_a8_reloc
!= NULL
)
9822 offset
= (off_t
) (cortex_a8_reloc
->destination() - pc_for_insn
);
9824 Arm_address target
= (pc_for_insn
+ offset
) | (is_blx
? 0 : 1);
9826 // Add a new stub if destination address in in the same page.
9827 if (((address
+ i
) & ~0xfffU
) == (target
& ~0xfffU
))
9829 Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
=
9830 this->stub_factory_
.make_cortex_a8_stub(stub_type
,
9834 Stub_table
<big_endian
>* stub_table
=
9835 arm_relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
9836 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
9837 stub_table
->add_cortex_a8_stub(address
+ i
, stub
);
9842 i
+= insn_32bit
? 4 : 2;
9843 last_was_32bit
= insn_32bit
;
9844 last_was_branch
= is_32bit_branch
;
9848 // Apply the Cortex-A8 workaround.
9850 template<bool big_endian
>
9852 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::apply_cortex_a8_workaround(
9853 const Cortex_a8_stub
* stub
,
9854 Arm_address stub_address
,
9855 unsigned char* insn_view
,
9856 Arm_address insn_address
)
9858 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
9859 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(insn_view
);
9860 Valtype upper_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
9861 Valtype lower_insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::readval(wv
+ 1);
9862 off_t branch_offset
= stub_address
- (insn_address
+ 4);
9864 typedef struct Arm_relocate_functions
<big_endian
> RelocFuncs
;
9865 switch (stub
->stub_template()->type())
9867 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b_cond
:
9868 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<21>(branch_offset
));
9869 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_upper(upper_insn
,
9871 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_cond_branch_lower(lower_insn
,
9875 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_b
:
9876 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_bl
:
9877 case arm_stub_a8_veneer_blx
:
9878 if ((lower_insn
& 0x5000U
) == 0x4000U
)
9879 // For a BLX instruction, make sure that the relocation is
9880 // rounded up to a word boundary. This follows the semantics of
9881 // the instruction which specifies that bit 1 of the target
9882 // address will come from bit 1 of the base address.
9883 branch_offset
= (branch_offset
+ 2) & ~3;
9885 // Put BRANCH_OFFSET back into the insn.
9886 gold_assert(!utils::has_overflow
<25>(branch_offset
));
9887 upper_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_upper(upper_insn
, branch_offset
);
9888 lower_insn
= RelocFuncs::thumb32_branch_lower(lower_insn
, branch_offset
);
9895 // Put the relocated value back in the object file:
9896 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, upper_insn
);
9897 elfcpp::Swap
<16, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
+ 1, lower_insn
);
9900 template<bool big_endian
>
9901 class Target_selector_arm
: public Target_selector
9904 Target_selector_arm()
9905 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_ARM
, 32, big_endian
,
9906 (big_endian
? "elf32-bigarm" : "elf32-littlearm"))
9910 do_instantiate_target()
9911 { return new Target_arm
<big_endian
>(); }
9914 // Fix .ARM.exidx section coverage.
9916 template<bool big_endian
>
9918 Target_arm
<big_endian
>::fix_exidx_coverage(
9920 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* exidx_section
,
9921 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
9923 // We need to look at all the input sections in output in ascending
9924 // order of of output address. We do that by building a sorted list
9925 // of output sections by addresses. Then we looks at the output sections
9926 // in order. The input sections in an output section are already sorted
9927 // by addresses within the output section.
9929 typedef std::set
<Output_section
*, output_section_address_less_than
>
9930 Sorted_output_section_list
;
9931 Sorted_output_section_list sorted_output_sections
;
9932 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
9933 layout
->get_allocated_sections(§ion_list
);
9934 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
9935 p
!= section_list
.end();
9938 // We only care about output sections that contain executable code.
9939 if (((*p
)->flags() & elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
) != 0)
9940 sorted_output_sections
.insert(*p
);
9943 // Go over the output sections in ascending order of output addresses.
9944 typedef typename Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::Text_section_list
9946 Text_section_list sorted_text_sections
;
9947 for(typename
Sorted_output_section_list::iterator p
=
9948 sorted_output_sections
.begin();
9949 p
!= sorted_output_sections
.end();
9952 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>* arm_output_section
=
9953 Arm_output_section
<big_endian
>::as_arm_output_section(*p
);
9954 arm_output_section
->append_text_sections_to_list(&sorted_text_sections
);
9957 exidx_section
->fix_exidx_coverage(sorted_text_sections
, symtab
);
9960 Target_selector_arm
<false> target_selector_arm
;
9961 Target_selector_arm
<true> target_selector_armbe
;
9963 } // End anonymous namespace.